-
1 machen
I v/t1. (tun) do; was machst du? what are you doing?; beruflich: what do you do (for a living)?; so was macht man nicht that isn’t done, you just don’t do that; da kann man nichts machen there’s nothing you can do (about it), it’s (just) one of those things; er macht es nicht unter 500 Euro umg. he won’t do it for less than 500 euros; was macht die Familie? how’s the family (getting on [Am. along]) ?; mach’s gut! umg. see you; (alles Gute) all the best; gut gemacht! well done!, good show!; das lässt sich schon machen that can be arranged, that’s no problem; mit mir könnt ihr’s ja machen! umg., iro. the things I put up with; sie wird es nicht mehr lange machen umg. (wird bald sterben) she’s not long for this world; die Festplatte wird es wohl nicht mehr lange machen umg. (wird bald defekt sein) the hard disk is on its last legs ( oder has just about had it)2. (herstellen, schaffen) make; (Essen) make, prepare; (Bett) make; ein Foto machen take a photograph; das Zimmer machen do ( oder tidy up, Am. clean up) the room; Hausaufgaben machen do one’s homework; eine Prüfung machen take ( erfolgreich: pass) an exam; einen Spaziergang machen go for a walk; einen Fehler machen make a mistake; einen Kurs machen (besuchen) do ( oder take) a course; eine angenehme / unangenehme Erfahrung machen have a pleasant / an unpleasant experience; jemanden zum General machen make s.o. a general; zu oder für etw. ( nicht) gemacht sein (not) be cut out for s.th.; er ist nicht zur Arbeit gemacht iro. work doesn’t agree with him hum.; jemanden traurig / glücklich etc. machen make s.o. sad / happy etc.; den Schiedsrichter machen umg. be ( oder act as) umpire ( oder referee); das macht das Wetter it’s the weather that causes it; das macht Durst it makes you thirsty; der Wagen macht 160 km / h umg. the car does 100 mph; Ferien, Hoffnung, Krach, Licht etc.3. (ergeben) beim Rechnen: be, come to, amount to; 4 mal 5 macht 20 four times five is twenty, four fives are twenty; was macht das? Rechnung etc.: how much does that come to?, what’s the damage? umg.; das macht dreißig Euro that’s ( oder that’ll be) thirty euros; was macht das zusammen? how much does that come to all together?4. (ausmachen): was macht das schon? what does it matter?, what difference does it make?; umg. so what?; das macht nichts it doesn’t matter, never mind; es macht mir nichts I don’t mind; sie macht sich nichts / nicht viel aus Geld she doesn’t care / doesn’t care much about money, money doesn’t mean anything / doesn’t mean much to her, she’s not bothered / not really bothered about money umg.; er macht sich nicht viel aus Kuchen / Alkohol etc. he doesn’t particularly like cake / alcohol etc., he’s not particularly keen on (Am. not wild about) cake / alcohol etc.; mach dir nichts draus! don’t worry about it, don’t take it to heart5. umg. (veranstalten, organisieren) have, give; ich mache am Samstag ein Fest I’m having a party on Saturday; nächste Woche macht sie einen Vortrag über Kafka next week she’s going to give a lecture on Kafka6. Sl. euph.: es machen (Sex haben) have it off (Am. get it on) ( mit with); es jemandem machen give it to s.o.II v/refl1. sich ( gut) machen Person: be coming along (well oder fine), be getting on (Am. along) (fine); sich gut machen Sache: (gut aussehen) look good ( bei jemandem on s.o.); (gern gesehen werden) make a good impression; sich schlecht machen not look good, make a bad impression; er macht sich gut als... he makes a good...; wie macht sich Vincent als Chef? what sort of a boss is Vincent?; er macht sich gut als Chef he makes a good boss; wie macht sich der Kleine? how’s the little one doing ( oder getting on [Am. along]) ?; die Vase macht sich sehr gut in der Ecke the vase looks very nice in the corner; das macht sich schon wieder umg. it’ll sort itself out2. sich an etw. machen get down to (work on) s.th.; ich mache mich morgen an die Übersetzung auch I’ll make a start on the translation tomorrow; WegIII v/i1. umg.: macht, dass ihr bald zurück seid! be sure to be back ( oder you get back) soon!; mach, dass du wegkommst! get out of here!; mach schon! (beeile dich!) hurry up!, get a move on! umg.2. umg.: lass ihn nur machen (lass ihm seinen Willen) let him if he wants to, let him have his way; (red ihm nichts ein) just let him do it ( oder get on with it); (verlass dich auf ihn) leave it to him; lass mich nur machen (red mir nichts ein) let me do it my way; (verlass dich auf mich) just leave it to me; lass mich mal machen (lass mich versuchen) let me have a try3. umg.: machen in (+ Dat) WIRTS. deal in, sell; in Politik machen umg. be in politics; er macht in Schriftstellerei umg. he dabbles in writing4. umg.: auf etw. machen umg. (etw. spielen) act ( oder play) s.th., pretend to be s.th.; auf Künstler machen umg. act ( oder play) the artist, do one’s artist bit umg.; auf unschuldig / doof machen umg. act ( oder play) the innocent / the fool; sie macht neuerdings auf jung her latest fad is to act all girlish5. Schokolade macht dick chocolate makes you fat; Querstreifen machen dick horizontal stripes make you look fat6. umg. euph. (die Notdurft verrichten): ( klein) machen wee; ( groß) machen shit; sich (Dat) vor Angst in die Hosen machen wet o.s. (Am. wet one’s pants) from fear; der Kleine macht immer noch in die Windeln the child still dirties his nappy (Am. diaper); der Hund hat auf den Teppich gemacht the dog made a mess on the carpet7. (hat oder ist) Dial. (sich begeben) go; wir haben oder sind 1966 in den Westen gemacht (sind aus der DDR in die BRD geflüchtet) in 1966 we made it to West Germany; gemacht* * *to create; to be; to do; to make; to fix* * *mạ|chen ['maxn]1. TRANSITIVES VERB1) = tun to dowas machst du heute Abend? — what are you doing this evening?
was machen wir mit dem restlichen Brot? — what shall we do with the rest of the bread?
die Hausarbeit/den Garten machen — to do the housework/the garden
er machte sich (dat) Zucker in den Kaffee (inf) — he put sugar in his coffee
ich muss noch so viel machen — I still have so much to do
gut, wird gemacht — right, will do (inf)
gut, mache ich — right, will do (inf) or I'll do that
wie mans macht, ists verkehrt — whatever you do is wrong
er macht, was er will — he does what he likes
soll ich ihn nach seinem Gehalt fragen? – so etwas macht man nicht! — shall I ask how much he earns? – you don't ask that (question)!
das lässt sich machen/nicht machen — that can/can't be done
das ist zu/nicht zu machen — that can/can't be done
ich mache es wohl am besten so, dass ich etwas früher komme — I would do best to come a bit earlier
es ist schon gut gemacht, wie sie die Rolle der Ophelia mit echtem Leben erfüllt — it's wonderful how she brings the role of Ophelia to life
damit/mit ihr kann man etwas machen — you could do something with it/her
was machst du denn hier? — what ( on earth) are you doing here?
was macht dein Bruder ( beruflich)? — what does your brother do (for a living)?
machs gut! — all the best!
er wirds nicht mehr lange machen (inf) — he won't last long
selber machen (sl) — to bring oneself off (inf)
mit mir kann mans ja machen! (inf) — the things I put up with! (inf)
2) = anfertigen, zubereiten to makeBier wird aus Gerste gemacht — beer is made from barley
sich/jdm etw machen lassen — to have sth made for oneself/sb
jdm einen Drink machen (Cocktail) — to make or mix sb a drink
3) = verursachen, bewirken Schwierigkeiten, Arbeit to make (jdm for sb); Mühe, Schmerzen to cause (jdm for sb)jdm Angst/Sorgen/Freude machen — to make sb afraid/worried/happy
jdm Hoffnung/Mut/Kopfschmerzen machen — to give sb hope/courage/a headache
das macht Appetit — that gives you an appetite
jdn lachen/weinen/etw vergessen machen — to make sb laugh/cry/forget sth
machen, dass etw geschieht — to make sth happen
mach, dass er gesund wird! — make him better!
das machen die vielen Zigaretten, dass du hustest — it's all those cigarettes that make you cough
4) = hervorbringen Laut, Geräusch to makemäh/miau machen — to baa/miaow
brumm machen — to go "brumm"
5) = bilden Kreuzzeichen, Kreis to make6)machen + SubstantivSiehe auch unter dem Eintrag für das jeweilige Substantiv.
einen Ausflug machen — to go on an outingBilder machen — to take photos
auf jdn/etw Jagd machen — to hunt sb/sth
einen Kopfsprung machen — to take a header (Brit), to dive (headfirst)
mach mir mal einen (guten) Preis! — make me an offer!
eine Prüfung machen — to do (esp Brit) or take an exam
ein Spiel machen — to play a game
See:= haltmachen7) machen + AdjektivSiehe auch unter dem Eintrag für das jeweilige Adjektiv.to makejdn nervös/unglücklich machen — to make sb nervous/unhappy
etw größer/kleiner machen — to make sth bigger/smaller
etw sauber/schmutzig machen — to get sth clean/dirty
jdn wieder sehend machen — to make sb see again
machs dir doch bequem/gemütlich — make yourself comfortable/at home
8) = ergeben inf to make; Summe, Preis to bedas macht ( zusammen) 23 — that makes 23 altogether
fünf mal vier macht or machen zwanzig — five fours are twenty, five times four is twenty
was macht die Rechnung? — how much is the bill?, what does the bill come to?
100 cm machen einen Meter — 100 cm make a metre (Brit) or meter (US)
was or wie viel macht das ( alles zusammen)? — how much is that altogether?
9) = spielen inf THEAT to play; Dolmetscher, Schiedsrichter etc to be10)= Notdurft verrichten inf
einen Haufen or sein Geschäft machen (euph:) (Hund) — to do its business (euph)See:11) = ordnen, reparieren, säubern to dodas Auto machen lassen — to have the car seen to or done
ich muss noch die Betten machen —
mach den Fleck aus der Bluse, ehe du sie wäschst — get the stain out of the blouse before you wash it
12)andere Wendungen◆ machen + aus
aus dem Haus könnte man schon etwas machen — you could really make something of that houseeine große Sache aus etw machen — to make a big thing of sth
jdn zum Star/Helden machen — to turn sb into a star/hero
jdn zum Wortführer/Sklaven/zu seiner Frau machen — to make sb spokesman/a slave/one's wife
jdm etw zur Hölle/Qual machen — to make sth hell/a misery for sb
der Regen/die Kälte macht mir nichts — I don't mind the rain/cold
die Kälte macht dem Motor nichts — the cold doesn't hurt the engine
es macht mir nichts, durch den Regen zu gehen — I don't mind walking in the rain
viel aus jdm/etw machen — to like sb/sth
wenig aus jdm/etw machen — not to be very keen on (esp Brit) or thrilled with (esp US) sb/sth
einen schönen Abend/ein paar gemütliche Stunden machen — to have a nice evening/a few pleasant hours
sich (dat) Sorgen machen — to worry
jdn zum Freund/Feind machen — to make sb one's friend/enemy
etw zur Aufgabe/zum Grundsatz/Motto machen — to make sth one's job/a principle/one's watchword
2. INTRANSITIVES VERB1)= tun
lass mich mal machen — let me do it2)machen + Adjektiv
das macht müde/gesund/schlank — that makes you tired/healthy/slimdas Kleid macht alt/schlank — that dress makes you look old/slim
3) = sich beeilen inf to get a move on (inf), to hurry upmach schon!, mach schnell or schneller! — get a move on! (inf), hurry up!
ich mach ja schon! — I'm being as quick as I can!
sie machten, dass sie nach Hause kamen — they hurried home
4) = Notdurft verrichten inf to go to the toilet (esp Brit) or bathroom (esp US) or restroom (US); (Hund etc) to do its business (euph); (in die Hosen machen (lit, fig) — to wet oneself
groß/klein machen (baby-talk) — to do a poo/wee (baby-talk)
5) = reisen dial to goüber die ( grüne) Grenze machen — to go over the border
6)Redewendungen◆ machen auf etw (
acc ) (inf) jetzt macht sie auf große Dame — she's playing the grand lady nowsie macht auf verständnisvoll/gebildet — she's doing her understanding/cultured bit (inf)
jetzt macht sie auf beleidigt — now she's acting the injured innocent (Brit), now she's acting insulted (esp US)
er macht auf Schau — he's out for effect (inf)◆ machen in etw (dat) (inf, beruflich) to be in sth
er macht in Nächstenliebe/Großzügigkeit — he puts on a show of compassion/generosity
3. REFLEXIVES VERB1) ◆ sich machen= sich entwickeln to come on2) = aussehen to look3)machen — to get down to sthsich über das Essen machen (inf) — to get stuck in (inf)
sich zum Fürsprecher/Anwalt machen — to make oneself spokesman/advocate
sich bei jdm beliebt/verhasst machen (inf) — to make oneself popular with/hated by sb
See:* * *1) have2) (to perform an activity concerning something: to do the washing; to do the garden / the windows.) do3) go4) (to create, form or produce: God made the Earth; She makes all her own clothes; He made it out of paper; to make a muddle/mess of the job; to make lunch/coffee; We made an arrangement/agreement/deal/bargain.) make5) (to cause to be: I made it clear; You've made me very unhappy.) make6) (to gain or earn: He makes $100 a week; to make a profit.) make7) (used with many nouns to give a similar meaning to that of the verb from which the noun is formed: He made several attempts (= attempted several times); They made a left turn (= turned left); He made (= offered) a suggestion/proposal; Have you any comments to make?) make8) (used when asking angrily what someone is doing: What does he think he's playing at (=doing)?) play at9) (to cause to become: His remarks rendered me speechless.) render10) (to cause to go into a certain, usually bad, state: The news sent them into a panic.) send11) (to do or perform some action: I think I'll take a walk; Will you take a look?; to take a bath) take12) (to make a note, record etc: He took a photograph of the castle; The nurse took the patient's temperature.) take* * *ma·chen[ˈmaxn̩]1. (anstelle eines genaueren Verbs)▪ etw \machen to do sthhast du die Kartoffeln/Türen/das Badezimmer gemacht? have you done the potatoes/doors/bathroom?2. (fertigen)▪ etw \machen to make sthFotos [von jdm/etw] \machen to take photos [of sb/sth]Gedichte \machen to write poemsjdm/sich etw \machen lassen to have sth made for sb/[for one]aus diesem Haus \machen wir ein Atelier we're turning this house into a studioder Saft ist aus Birnen gemacht the juice is made out of pears3. (geben)eine Empfehlung \machen to put in sep a recommendationeinen Vorschlag \machen to make [or sep put in] a suggestion4. (zubereiten)▪ [jdm] etw \machen to make [sb] sth, to make sth [for sb]einen Drink \machen to make a drinkdas Essen \machen to prepare/cook foodein Essen \machen to make [or cook] a mealdas Frühstück \machen to make [or get] breakfastKaffee \machen to make coffee5. (aufräumen)das Bett \machen to make the bedsein Zimmer \machen to tidy up sep one's room6. (veranstalten)▪ etw \machen to organize stheine Party \machen to give [or have] [or throw] a party▪ etw \machen:dieser Film macht tränende Augen this film puts the tears in your eyes [or fam is a real tear jerker]jdm Angst \machen to frighten sbjdm Arbeit \machen to give sb work to doein dummes Gesicht \machen (fam) to make [or pull] a silly facejdm Durst/Hunger \machen to make sb thirsty/hungryeinen Eindruck \machen to make an impressionFeuer \machen to light a firejdm eine Freude \machen to make sb happyjdm Hoffnung/Mut/Kopfschmerzen \machen to give sb hope/courage/a headacheLärm \machen to make a noiseLicht \machen to switch on sep the lightMühe \machen to be a lot of trouble [or effort]keine Mühe \machen to be no troubledas macht überhaupt keine Mühe that's no trouble at allMusik \machen to play some musiceinen Schmollmund \machen to poutjdm Sorgen \machen to make sb worried, to give sb cause for concern▪ das macht etw that's because of sthdas macht das häufige Trinken that comes from drinking oftendas macht die frische Luft, dass wir so hungrig sind it's the fresh air that makes us so hungry8. (durchführen)▪ etw \machen to do stheine Arbeit/seine Hausaufgaben \machen to do a job [or task]/one's homeworkeine Beobachtung \machen to observe sb/stheine Bestellung \machen to place [or sep put in] an ordereinen Besuch \machen to [pay sb a] visiteine Dummheit \machen to do something stupidwie man's macht, macht man's falsch [o verkehrt] you [just] can't wineinen Fehler \machen to make a mistakeden Haushalt \machen to keep housedas ist zu \machen that's possibledas lässt sich \machen that might be possibleeine Mitteilung \machen to make an announcementda ist nichts zu \machen nothing can be done, that's not possiblenichts zu \machen! nothing doing! famjd kann [da] nichts \machen sb can't do anythingeine Reise \machen to go on a journeyeine Sause mit jdm \machen (sl) to go on a pub crawl esp BRIT [or AM esp to go bar-hopping] with sb fameinen Spaziergang \machen to go for a walkein Spiel \machen to play a gameSport \machen to do sporteine Verbeugung \machen to make [or take] a bow, to bowwie machst du/wie \machen Sie das nur? how [on earth] do you do it?9. (absolvieren)▪ etw \machen to do sthdas Abitur \machen ≈to do [one's] A levels BRITeinen Kurs \machen to take a courseeine Ausbildung \machen to do an apprenticeshipeine Elektrikerausbildung \machen to train to be an electricianjdn/etw berühmt/reich/schön \machen to make sb/sth famous/rich/beautifulmach es dir bequem! make yourself comfortable [or at home]!dieser Hut macht mich viel jünger this hat makes me [look] much younger▪ etw aus jdm \machen to make sb sthetwas aus sich/jdm \machen to make something of oneself/sbmein Vater hat mich zu seinem Nachfolger gemacht my father has made [or named] me his successorjdn zu seinem Verbündeten \machen to make sb one's ally11. (erzielen)▪ etw \machen:wir \machen jetzt dreimal so viel Umsatz we have now tripled our turnoverein Geschäft \machen to make a dealeinen Gewinn/Verlust \machen to make a profit/lossMillionen \machen to make millionsPunkte/Tore \machen to score points/goalsein Vermögen \machen to make a fortune12. (tun)▪ etw \machen to do sthwas möchten Sie gern \machen? what would you like to do?lass uns etwas \machen! let's do something!genau so werden wir es \machen that's how we'll do itmusst du viel \machen? do you have a lot to do?was macht sie damit? what's she doing with it?was willst du mit diesem Zeug \machen? what are you going to do with this stuff?was soll ich nur \machen? what am I to do?ich weiß nicht, was ich noch \machen soll I don't know what else to doich weiß nicht, wie man es macht I don't know how to do itwas machst du da? what are you doing?; (misstrauisch) what on earth are you doing there?, what are you up to?was hat sie wieder gemacht, dass alle so ärgerlich sind? what's she been up to [or fam gone and done] this time to make everyone so angry?was macht denn deine Frau? how's your wife?und was \machen Sie so? and what are you doing nowadays?was macht die Arbeit/Gesundheit? how's work/your health?, how are you work-wise/health-wise? famwas soll ich da groß \machen? what do you expect me to do?was macht deine Brille in der Mikrowelle? what are your glasses doing in the microwave?dagegen kann man nichts \machen there's nothing you can do about itgut gemacht! well done!mit mir kann man es ja \machen (fam) the things I put up withso etwas macht man nicht that's [or it's] bad mannersda kann man nichts \machen nothing can be done\machen, was man will to do as one pleases [or wants13. (bilden)▪ etw \machen:die Straße macht eine scharfe Kurve the road bends sharplysie macht eine gute Figur she cuts a good figure▪ jdn \machen to make sb▪ jdn/etw \machen to do [or play] sb/sthwer macht hier den Boss? who's the boss here?▪ jdn/etw \machen to do sb/sth▪ etw [für jdn] \machen to act as sth [for sb]das macht zehn Euro that's [or that'll be] ten euros [please]was macht das [zusammen]? what does that come to [in total]?drei mal drei macht neun three times three is [or makes] nineder Hund macht „wau, wau“ the dog goes “woof woof” usu childspeakmacht nichts! no matter [or problem]!das macht [doch] nichts! never mind!, no harm done!macht das was? does it matter?was macht das schon? what does it matter?jdm/etw etwas/nichts \machen to harm/not harm sb/sth24. (geschaffen)▪ [jdm] etw \machen to mend [or fix] [or repair] sth for sb▪ etw \machen lassen to get [or have] sth mended [or fixed] [or repaired26.es macht jdn glücklich/traurig/wütend it makes sb happy/sad/angryes macht jdn verrückt it drives sb mad [or fam crazy]es macht mich verrückt, dass ich so viel Werbung sehe it drives me crazy to see so many advertisements2. (schaden)es macht etwas/nichts/viel it matters/doesn't matter/matters a lotes macht jdm etwas/nichts/viel sb minds/doesn't mind/minds a lotes macht mir nichts, wenn du hierbleibst I don't mind you [or form your] staying herees macht „piep“, wenn du einen Fehler machst it goes “peep” [or it peeps] when you make a mistake; s.a. langIII. INTRANSITIVES VERB1. (bewirken)mach ich! [as] good as done!▪ \machen, dass etw geschieht to ensure [or see to it] that sth happenswie hast du gemacht, dass die Kinder so artig sind? how did you get the children to be so well behaved?mach, dass du wegkommst! get out of here!2. (gewähren)mach nur/ruhig! go ahead!jdn [mal/nur] \machen lassen (fam) to leave sb to itLiebe macht blind love makes you blind4. (aussehen lassen)Streifen \machen dick stripes make you look fatauf cool/in Großzügigkeit \machen to act cool/generous [or the cool/generous guy]auf vornehm \machen to give oneself [or to put on] airssie macht immer auf vornehme Dame she always acts the elegant ladyins Bett \machen Kind to wet the bedich mache jetzt in Wolle/Versicherungen I'm in wool/insurance [or the wool/insurance businessmach/\machen Sie [schon]! get a move on! fammach schneller! hurry up!ich mach sowieso nicht mehr lang I'm not long for this world anywayaufs Land/in die Stadt \machen to go to the country/into townIV. REFLEXIVES VERB1. (beginnen)das Wetter macht sich wieder there will soon be good weatherdas Baby macht sich gut the baby is doing fine fam3. (passen)das Bild macht sich gut an der Wand/im Flur the picture looks good on the wall/in the hall4. (leisten)die neue Sekretärin macht sich gut the new secretary is doing well5. (gewinnen)sich dat etwas/nichts/viel/wenig aus jdm/etw \machen to care/not care at all/care a lot/not care much for sb/sth; (sich nicht ärgern) to get a little upset/not get upset at all/get really upset/not get upset much about sthmach dir/\machen Sie sich nichts d[a]raus! don't worry about it!, don't it get you down!8. (gestalten)wir \machen uns einen schönen Tag let's have an enjoyable daymach dir ein paar schöne Tage enjoy yourself for a few days9. (erledigen)V. AUXILIARVERBder Wein wird dich das vergessen \machen the wine will help you [to] forget* * *1.transitives Verb1) (herstellen) makesich (Dat.) etwas machen lassen — have something made
Geld/ein Vermögen/einen Gewinn machen — make money/a fortune/a profit
dafür ist er einfach nicht gemacht — (fig.) he's just not cut out for it
etwas aus jemandem machen — make somebody into something; (verwandeln) turn somebody into something
jemanden zum Präsidenten usw. machen — make somebody president etc.
2)jemandem einen Kostenvoranschlag machen — let somebody have or give somebody an estimate
jemandem einen guten Preis machen — (ugs.) name a good price
3) (zubereiten) get, prepare < meal>jemandem/sich [einen] Kaffee machen — make [some] coffee for somebody/oneself
jemandem einen Cocktail machen — get or mix somebody a cocktail
jemandem Arbeit machen — cause or make [extra] work for somebody
jemandem Sorgen machen — cause somebody anxiety; worry somebody
jemandem Mut/Hoffnung machen — give somebody courage/hope
das macht Durst/Hunger od. Appetit — this makes one thirsty/hungry; this gives one a thirst/an appetite
das macht das Wetter — that's [because of] the weather
mach, dass du nach Hause kommst! — (ugs.) off home with you!
ich muss machen, dass ich zum Bahnhof komme — (ugs.) I must see that I get to the station
ein Foto od. eine Aufnahme machen — take a photograph
einen Spaziergang machen — go for or take a walk
eine Reise machen — go on a journey or trip
einen Besuch [bei jemandem] machen — pay [somebody] a visit
wie man's macht, macht man's falsch od. verkehrt — (ugs.) [however you do it,] there's always something wrong
er macht es nicht unter 100 Euro — he won't do it for under or less than 100 euros
6)jemanden glücklich/eifersüchtig usw. machen — make somebody happy/jealous etc.
etwas größer/länger/kürzer machen — make something bigger/longer/shorter
mach es dir gemütlich od. bequem! — make yourself comfortable or at home
7) (tun) domach ich, wird gemacht! — (ugs.) will do!
was machen Sie [beruflich]? — what do you do [for a living]?
so etwas macht man nicht — that [just] isn't done
mit mir könnt ihr es ja machen — (ugs.) you can get away with it with me
8)was macht...? — (wie ist es um... bestellt?) how is...?
was macht die Arbeit? — how is the job [getting on]?; how are things at work?
was od. wieviel macht das [alles zusammen]? — how much does that come to?
das macht 12 Euro — that is or costs 12 euros; (Endsumme) that comes to 12 euros
10) (schaden)macht das was? — does it matter?; do you mind?
macht nichts! — (ugs.) never mind!; it doesn't matter
11) (teilnehmen an)einen Kursus od. Lehrgang machen — take a course
13)machs gut! — (ugs.) look after yourself!; (auf Wiedersehen) so long!
sich (Dat.) die Haare/Fingernägel machen — do one's hair/nails
15) (ugs. verhüll.): (seine Notdurft verrichten)2.groß/klein machen — do big jobs/small jobs (child language)
reflexives Verb1) mit Adjsich hübsch machen — smarten [oneself] up
sich schmutzig machen — get [oneself] dirty
2) (beginnen)sich an etwas (Akk.) machen — get down to something
3) (ugs.): (sich entwickeln) do well; get on4) (passen)das macht sich gut hier — this fits in well; this looks good here
5)mach dir nichts daraus! — (ugs.) don't let it bother you
sich (Dat.) nichts/wenig aus jemandem/etwas machen — (ugs.) not care at all/much for somebody/something
6)wir wollen uns (Dat.) einen schönen Abend machen — we want to have an enjoyable evening
7)sich (Dat.) Feinde machen — make enemies
sich (Dat.) jemanden zum Freund/Feind machen — make a friend/an enemy of somebody
8)3.wenn es sich [irgendwie] machen lässt — if it can [somehow] be done; if it is [at all] possible
intransitives Verb1) (ugs.): (sich beeilen)mach schon! — get a move on! (coll.); look snappy! (coll.)
2)das macht müde — it makes you tired; it is tiring
das macht hungrig/durstig — it makes you hungry/thirsty
3) (tun)lass mich nur machen — (ugs.) leave it to me
4) (ugs. verhüll.) <child, pet> perform (coll.)ins Bett/in die Hose machen — wet one's bed/pants
5) (ugs.)auf naiv usw. machen — pretend to be naïve
auf feine Dame usw. machen — act the fine lady
6) (landsch. ugs.): (sich begeben) go* * *A. v/t1. (tun) do;was machst du? what are you doing?; beruflich: what do you do (for a living)?;so was macht man nicht that isn’t done, you just don’t do that;da kann man nichts machen there’s nothing you can do (about it), it’s (just) one of those things;er macht es nicht unter 500 Euro umg he won’t do it for less than 500 euros;was macht die Familie? how’s the family (getting on [US along]) ?;gut gemacht! well done!, good show!;das lässt sich schon machen that can be arranged, that’s no problem;mit mir könnt ihr’s ja machen! umg, iron the things I put up with;sie wird es nicht mehr lange machen umg (wird bald sterben) she’s not long for this world;die Festplatte wird es wohl nicht mehr lange machen umg (wird bald defekt sein) the hard disk is on its last legs ( oder has just about had it)ein Foto machen take a photograph;Hausaufgaben machen do one’s homework;einen Spaziergang machen go for a walk;einen Fehler machen make a mistake;eine angenehme/unangenehme Erfahrung machen have a pleasant/an unpleasant experience;jemanden zum General machen make sb a general;zu oderfür etwas (nicht) gemacht sein (not) be cut out for sth;jemanden traurig/glücklich etcmachen make sb sad/happy etc;das macht das Wetter it’s the weather that causes it;das macht Durst it makes you thirsty;3. (ergeben) beim Rechnen: be, come to, amount to;4 mal 5 macht 20 four times five is twenty, four fives are twenty;was macht das? Rechnung etc: how much does that come to?, what’s the damage? umg;das macht dreißig Euro that’s ( oder that’ll be) thirty euros;was macht das zusammen? how much does that come to all together?4. (ausmachen):was macht das schon? what does it matter?, what difference does it make?; umg so what?;das macht nichts it doesn’t matter, never mind;es macht mir nichts I don’t mind;sie macht sich nichts/nicht viel aus Geld she doesn’t care/doesn’t care much about money, money doesn’t mean anything/doesn’t mean much to her, she’s not bothered/not really bothered about money umg;er macht sich nicht viel aus Kuchen/Alkohol etc he doesn’t particularly like cake/alcohol etc, he’s not particularly keen on (US not wild about) cake/alcohol etc;mach dir nichts draus! don’t worry about it, don’t take it to heart5. umg (veranstalten, organisieren) have, give;ich mache am Samstag ein Fest I’m having a party on Saturday;nächste Woche macht sie einen Vortrag über Kafka next week she’s going to give a lecture on Kafka6. sl euph:mit with);es jemandem machen give it to sbB. v/r1.sich gut machen Sache: (gut aussehen) look good (bei jemandem on sb); (gern gesehen werden) make a good impression;sich schlecht machen not look good, make a bad impression;er macht sich gut als … he makes a good …;wie macht sich Vincent als Chef? what sort of a boss is Vincent?;er macht sich gut als Chef he makes a good boss;die Vase macht sich sehr gut in der Ecke the vase looks very nice in the corner;das macht sich schon wieder umg it’ll sort itself out2.sich an etwas machen get down to (work on) sth;C. v/i1. umg:macht, dass ihr bald zurück seid! be sure to be back ( oder you get back) soon!;mach, dass du wegkommst! get out of here!;2. umg:lass ihn nur machen (lass ihm seinen Willen) let him if he wants to, let him have his way; (red ihm nichts ein) just let him do it ( oder get on with it); (verlass dich auf ihn) leave it to him;lass mich nur machen (red mir nichts ein) let me do it my way; (verlass dich auf mich) just leave it to me;lass mich mal machen (lass mich versuchen) let me have a try3. umg:in Politik machen umg be in politics;er macht in Schriftstellerei umg he dabbles in writing4. umg:sie macht neuerdings auf jung her latest fad is to act all girlish5.Schokolade macht dick chocolate makes you fat;Querstreifen machen dick horizontal stripes make you look fat6. umg euph (die Notdurft verrichten):(klein) machen wee;(groß) machen shit;sich (dat)vor Angst in die Hosen machen wet o.s. (US wet one’s pants) from fear;der Kleine macht immer noch in die Windeln the child still dirties his nappy (US diaper);der Hund hat auf den Teppich gemacht the dog made a mess on the carpet7. (hat oder ist) dial (sich begeben) go;sind 1987 in den Westen gemacht (sind aus der DDR in die BRD geflüchtet) in 1987 we made it to West Germany; → gemacht* * *1.transitives Verb1) (herstellen) makesich (Dat.) etwas machen lassen — have something made
Geld/ein Vermögen/einen Gewinn machen — make money/a fortune/a profit
dafür ist er einfach nicht gemacht — (fig.) he's just not cut out for it
etwas aus jemandem machen — make somebody into something; (verwandeln) turn somebody into something
jemanden zum Präsidenten usw. machen — make somebody president etc.
2)jemandem einen Kostenvoranschlag machen — let somebody have or give somebody an estimate
jemandem einen guten Preis machen — (ugs.) name a good price
3) (zubereiten) get, prepare < meal>jemandem/sich [einen] Kaffee machen — make [some] coffee for somebody/oneself
jemandem einen Cocktail machen — get or mix somebody a cocktail
jemandem Arbeit machen — cause or make [extra] work for somebody
jemandem Sorgen machen — cause somebody anxiety; worry somebody
jemandem Mut/Hoffnung machen — give somebody courage/hope
das macht Durst/Hunger od. Appetit — this makes one thirsty/hungry; this gives one a thirst/an appetite
das macht das Wetter — that's [because of] the weather
mach, dass du nach Hause kommst! — (ugs.) off home with you!
ich muss machen, dass ich zum Bahnhof komme — (ugs.) I must see that I get to the station
5) (ausführen) do <job, repair, etc.>ein Foto od. eine Aufnahme machen — take a photograph
einen Spaziergang machen — go for or take a walk
eine Reise machen — go on a journey or trip
einen Besuch [bei jemandem] machen — pay [somebody] a visit
wie man's macht, macht man's falsch od. verkehrt — (ugs.) [however you do it,] there's always something wrong
er macht es nicht unter 100 Euro — he won't do it for under or less than 100 euros
6)jemanden glücklich/eifersüchtig usw. machen — make somebody happy/jealous etc.
etwas größer/länger/kürzer machen — make something bigger/longer/shorter
mach es dir gemütlich od. bequem! — make yourself comfortable or at home
7) (tun) domach ich, wird gemacht! — (ugs.) will do!
was machen Sie [beruflich]? — what do you do [for a living]?
so etwas macht man nicht — that [just] isn't done
mit mir könnt ihr es ja machen — (ugs.) you can get away with it with me
8)was macht...? — (wie ist es um... bestellt?) how is...?
was macht die Arbeit? — how is the job [getting on]?; how are things at work?
was od. wieviel macht das [alles zusammen]? — how much does that come to?
das macht 12 Euro — that is or costs 12 euros; (Endsumme) that comes to 12 euros
10) (schaden)macht das was? — does it matter?; do you mind?
macht nichts! — (ugs.) never mind!; it doesn't matter
11) (teilnehmen an)einen Kursus od. Lehrgang machen — take a course
13)machs gut! — (ugs.) look after yourself!; (auf Wiedersehen) so long!
14) (ugs.): (ordnen, sauber machen, renovieren); do <room, stairs, washing, etc.>sich (Dat.) die Haare/Fingernägel machen — do one's hair/nails
15) (ugs. verhüll.): (seine Notdurft verrichten)2.groß/klein machen — do big jobs/small jobs (child language)
reflexives Verb1) mit Adjsich hübsch machen — smarten [oneself] up
sich schmutzig machen — get [oneself] dirty
2) (beginnen)sich an etwas (Akk.) machen — get down to something
3) (ugs.): (sich entwickeln) do well; get on4) (passen)das macht sich gut hier — this fits in well; this looks good here
5)mach dir nichts daraus! — (ugs.) don't let it bother you
sich (Dat.) nichts/wenig aus jemandem/etwas machen — (ugs.) not care at all/much for somebody/something
6)wir wollen uns (Dat.) einen schönen Abend machen — we want to have an enjoyable evening
7)sich (Dat.) Feinde machen — make enemies
sich (Dat.) jemanden zum Freund/Feind machen — make a friend/an enemy of somebody
8)3.wenn es sich [irgendwie] machen lässt — if it can [somehow] be done; if it is [at all] possible
intransitives Verb1) (ugs.): (sich beeilen)mach schon! — get a move on! (coll.); look snappy! (coll.)
2)das macht müde — it makes you tired; it is tiring
das macht hungrig/durstig — it makes you hungry/thirsty
3) (tun)lass mich nur machen — (ugs.) leave it to me
4) (ugs. verhüll.) <child, pet> perform (coll.)ins Bett/in die Hose machen — wet one's bed/pants
5) (ugs.)auf naiv usw. machen — pretend to be naïve
auf feine Dame usw. machen — act the fine lady
6) (landsch. ugs.): (sich begeben) go* * *v.to make v.(§ p.,p.p.: made)to perform v. -
2 make
[meɪk] past tense, past participle made [meɪd]1. verb1) to create, form or produce:to make a muddle/mess of the job
to make lunch/coffee
يَصْنَع، يَعْمَلWe made an arrangement/agreement/deal/bargain.
2) to compel, force or cause (a person or thing to do something):يُجْبِر، يُسَبِّب، يَجْعَلHe made me laugh.
3) to cause to be:يَجْعَلYou've made me very unhappy.
4) to gain or earn:He makes $100 a week
يَرْبَحto make a profit.
5) (of numbers etc) to add up to; to amount to:يُساوي، يُصْبِح مَجْموعُه2 and 2 make(s) 4.
6) to become, turn into, or be:يُصْبِحHe'll make an excellent teacher.
7) to estimate as:يُقَدِّرI make the total 483.
8) to appoint, or choose, as:يُعَيِّن، يَخْتارHe was made manager.
9) used with many nouns to give a similar meaning to that of the verb from which the noun is formed:He made several attempts (= attempted several times)
They made a left turn (= turned left)
He made (= offered) a suggestion/proposal
يقومُ ب، يُقَدِّم، يَعْمَلُHave you any comments to make?
2. nounطِراز، مارْكَهWhat make is your new car?
-
3 Atirimpɔw bi nti na Nyame bɔɔ asase, sɛnea ɔka kyerɛɛ nnipa baanu a wodi kan no.
sentenceGod made the earth for a purpose, as he stated to the first human pair.Twi to English dictionary > Atirimpɔw bi nti na Nyame bɔɔ asase, sɛnea ɔka kyerɛɛ nnipa baanu a wodi kan no.
-
4 שקע
שָׁקַע(b. h.) 1) to be depressed, sink, go down. Y.Ab. Zar. III, 42c bot. אם היה חותמה שוֹקֵעַ if the seal on it was engraven, opp. בולט; Tosef. ib. V (VI), 2; Bab. ib. 43b. Gen. R. s. 19 (ref. to לרוח היום, Gen. 3:8) לרוח ששוֹקַעַת עם היום by the (western) wind that goes down with the day. Ib. כל שהיום שוקעוכ׳ the more the day goes down, the cooler it grows. Y.Sabb.I, 3d top אחד צף ואחד שוקעוכ׳ one kind of poison floats, another settles Mikv. X, 1 צלוחית שפיה שוקע a bottle the mouth of which is turned down. Men.103b, v. Hithpa.; a. fr. 2) to sink, let down. B. Mets.V, 7 מששְׁקָעוֹ בכבשן after he let the lime stones down into the kiln (Y. ed. משיִשְׁקַע כבשנו, or משיְשַׁקֵּעַ) when he has filled his kiln). Yalk. Koh. 966, v. שָׁלָה; a. e.Part. pass. שָׁקוּעַ; f. שְׁקוּעָה Bekh.43b, v. חָרַם. Ex. R. s. 1522> והארץ ש׳ במים the earth was submerged in water. Sifra Thazr., Par. 5, ch. XV (ref. to פחתת, Lev. 13:55) שיהיו כל מראיה שְׁקוּעִין Rabad (ed. שוֹקְעִין) that all its colors appear lower (v. שַׁקִּיעַ; cmp. עָמוֹק); Yalk. Lev. 553 שוֹקְעִין; a. e.Bekh.VII, 1 ראשו ש׳, v. שָׁקוּט. Pi. שִׁיקֵּעַ to sink, let down. Snh.VI, 4 מְשַׁקְּעִין את הקורהוכ׳ they insert the trunk (of the gallows) in the ground. Y.Shek.V, end, 49b כמה ממון שִׁיקְּעוּ אבותי כאן how much money have my ancestors sunk here (in building that synagogue)!; כמה נפשות שיקעווכ׳ how many souls did thy ancestors sink here! were there no people to study the Law (on whom that money might have been spent)?; Y.Peah VIII, end, 21b. B. Mets.V, 7 Y. ed., v. supra; a. e.Trnsf. to embody in a collection without regard to original wording, to edit, abridge. Y.Hor.III, 48c top; Y.Sabb.XVI, 15c הדא דאת אמר עד שלא ש׳ בו רבי רוב משניות אבל משש׳וכ׳ what you say (that the study of the Mishnah collection is preferable) refers to the time before Rabbi had embodied and abridged most of the Mishnayoth in his edition, but since then, run at all times after the Talmud (where the discussions are quoted in their original form).Part. pass. מְשוּקָּע; f. מְשוּקַּעַת; pl. מְשוּקָּעִים, מְשוּקָּעִין; מְשוּקָּעוֹת. Koh. R. to I, 15 מקצתה מש׳ בארץ part of the boat rests on dry land. Y.B. Mets.II, beg.8b במש׳ בו when the objeot is found stuck in it, opp. בנתון בו when it is seen that it was put there. Gen. R. s. 33 שהיתה התיבה מש׳ במיםוכ׳ that the ark was eleven cubits in the water. Y.Yoma VII, beg.44a זראו של דוד מש׳ שם the seed of David is sunk there (in the family of the Resh Galutha). Y.Sabb.III, 6a top כסא שרגליו מש׳ בטיט a chair the feet of which stick in the mud. Y.ḤagI, 76d top; Y.Peah II, 17a כמה … וכולהן מש׳ במשנה many Hălakhoth have been communicated to Moses from Sinai, and they all are embodied in the Mishnah; a. e. Hif. הִשְׁקִיעַ to sink, let down. Gen. R. s. 68 ה׳הקב״ה גלגלוכ׳ the Lord caused the sun to set before its time. Ib. מה אתה בצאתך הִשְׁקַעְתִּי חמחוכ׳ as I caused the sun to set when thou didst go out Lev. R. s. 21; Pesik. Aḥăre, p. 176a>, לעולם יַשְׁקִיעַוכ׳ (Ar. s. v. רתק: יְשַׁקֵּעַ or יִשְׁקַע) man should at all times sink himself into the study of the Mishnah, for when he knocks, v. רָתַק. Koh. R. to I, 5 עד שלאה׳ שמשו … הזריחוכ׳ before God made the sun of Moses to set, he made the sun of Joshua to rise, v. שֶׁמֶש. Ib. 4 היוצר הזה מַשְׁקִיעַ כבשונו מה שמשקיעוכ׳ the potter fills his oven; what he sinks into it first, is the last to come out; a. fr. Hithpa. הִשְׁתַּקֵּע, Nithpa. נִשְׁתַּקֵּעַ 1) to be sunk, drowned; to be mixed tip beyond recognition. Midr. Till. to Ps. 22 המִשְׁתַּקְּעִים שוקעים את שוקעיהן those that were to he drowned, drowned those that wanted to drown them. Ruth R. to I, 17 נ׳ … בחליו was three days unconscious I on his sick-bed, opp. נתישבה דעתו he came to. Ex. R. s. 156> מִשְׁתַּקְּעִין בעונותוכ׳ are sunk in sins through the evil inclination. Ib.15> עד שנִשְׁתַּקְּעוּ תהומות until the depths were filled with water. Y.Shek.VIII, beg.51a והיו עולי רגלים משתקאיןוכ׳ the pilgrims sank in blood up to their knees; Men.103b שוקעין; Tosef.Eduy. III, 2 מפקיעין בדםוכ׳ ed. Zuck. (read: מְשוּקָּעִין; Var. מְשַׁקְּעִין את ארכובותיהן). Arakh.6b עד שלא נ׳ שםוכ׳ as long as the name of its owner (that donated it) is not merged (but is still traceable). Kidd.75a עד שיִשְׁתֵּקֵּעַ שםע״א ממנו until the name of idolatry has disappeared from him (until his idolatrous ancestry is no longer traceable). Y.Keth.I, 25d top משפחהשנ׳ בה פסולוכ׳ if a genealogical blemish is mixed up in a family, you must investigate it back to four mothers; Y.Kidd.IV, 65d bot. Ib. מה נאשה ונִשְׁתַּקְּעוּ בהנ גדולי הדור what can we do (with these families), since prominent men of the generation are mixed up with them? Ib. חמשת … וכולם נשתקעו בכהונהוכ׳ Pashhur ben Imer had five thousand slaves, and they are all mixed up with high priestly families; Y.Yeb.VIII, 9d top; (Kidd.70b נטמעו). Tanḥ. Noah 5 the Lord supported Noah שלא יִשְׁתַּקֵּעַ במעשה דור המבול lest he sink down in (the mud of) the deeds of the generation of the flood; a. fr. 2) to settle permanently, be naturalized. Sifré Deut. 301 (ref. to Deut. 26:5 ויגר) מלמד … להִשְׁתַּקֵּע אלא לגור שם this shows that he (Jacob) did not go down (to Egypt) to settle there as a citizen, but only to sojourn there. 3) to be lost in forests, fields Y.Ber.II, end, 5d ובשעה שהוא משתקעוכ׳ but when one is lost, he may even trespass on a field of crocus; (B. Kam.81a תועה). Y. Ber. l. c.; Y.B. Bath.V, 15a bot. וראו … משתקע ובא כנגדן they saw R. J. b. P. having lost his way and coming (through fields) towards them. -
5 שָׁקַע
שָׁקַע(b. h.) 1) to be depressed, sink, go down. Y.Ab. Zar. III, 42c bot. אם היה חותמה שוֹקֵעַ if the seal on it was engraven, opp. בולט; Tosef. ib. V (VI), 2; Bab. ib. 43b. Gen. R. s. 19 (ref. to לרוח היום, Gen. 3:8) לרוח ששוֹקַעַת עם היום by the (western) wind that goes down with the day. Ib. כל שהיום שוקעוכ׳ the more the day goes down, the cooler it grows. Y.Sabb.I, 3d top אחד צף ואחד שוקעוכ׳ one kind of poison floats, another settles Mikv. X, 1 צלוחית שפיה שוקע a bottle the mouth of which is turned down. Men.103b, v. Hithpa.; a. fr. 2) to sink, let down. B. Mets.V, 7 מששְׁקָעוֹ בכבשן after he let the lime stones down into the kiln (Y. ed. משיִשְׁקַע כבשנו, or משיְשַׁקֵּעַ) when he has filled his kiln). Yalk. Koh. 966, v. שָׁלָה; a. e.Part. pass. שָׁקוּעַ; f. שְׁקוּעָה Bekh.43b, v. חָרַם. Ex. R. s. 1522> והארץ ש׳ במים the earth was submerged in water. Sifra Thazr., Par. 5, ch. XV (ref. to פחתת, Lev. 13:55) שיהיו כל מראיה שְׁקוּעִין Rabad (ed. שוֹקְעִין) that all its colors appear lower (v. שַׁקִּיעַ; cmp. עָמוֹק); Yalk. Lev. 553 שוֹקְעִין; a. e.Bekh.VII, 1 ראשו ש׳, v. שָׁקוּט. Pi. שִׁיקֵּעַ to sink, let down. Snh.VI, 4 מְשַׁקְּעִין את הקורהוכ׳ they insert the trunk (of the gallows) in the ground. Y.Shek.V, end, 49b כמה ממון שִׁיקְּעוּ אבותי כאן how much money have my ancestors sunk here (in building that synagogue)!; כמה נפשות שיקעווכ׳ how many souls did thy ancestors sink here! were there no people to study the Law (on whom that money might have been spent)?; Y.Peah VIII, end, 21b. B. Mets.V, 7 Y. ed., v. supra; a. e.Trnsf. to embody in a collection without regard to original wording, to edit, abridge. Y.Hor.III, 48c top; Y.Sabb.XVI, 15c הדא דאת אמר עד שלא ש׳ בו רבי רוב משניות אבל משש׳וכ׳ what you say (that the study of the Mishnah collection is preferable) refers to the time before Rabbi had embodied and abridged most of the Mishnayoth in his edition, but since then, run at all times after the Talmud (where the discussions are quoted in their original form).Part. pass. מְשוּקָּע; f. מְשוּקַּעַת; pl. מְשוּקָּעִים, מְשוּקָּעִין; מְשוּקָּעוֹת. Koh. R. to I, 15 מקצתה מש׳ בארץ part of the boat rests on dry land. Y.B. Mets.II, beg.8b במש׳ בו when the objeot is found stuck in it, opp. בנתון בו when it is seen that it was put there. Gen. R. s. 33 שהיתה התיבה מש׳ במיםוכ׳ that the ark was eleven cubits in the water. Y.Yoma VII, beg.44a זראו של דוד מש׳ שם the seed of David is sunk there (in the family of the Resh Galutha). Y.Sabb.III, 6a top כסא שרגליו מש׳ בטיט a chair the feet of which stick in the mud. Y.ḤagI, 76d top; Y.Peah II, 17a כמה … וכולהן מש׳ במשנה many Hălakhoth have been communicated to Moses from Sinai, and they all are embodied in the Mishnah; a. e. Hif. הִשְׁקִיעַ to sink, let down. Gen. R. s. 68 ה׳הקב״ה גלגלוכ׳ the Lord caused the sun to set before its time. Ib. מה אתה בצאתך הִשְׁקַעְתִּי חמחוכ׳ as I caused the sun to set when thou didst go out Lev. R. s. 21; Pesik. Aḥăre, p. 176a>, לעולם יַשְׁקִיעַוכ׳ (Ar. s. v. רתק: יְשַׁקֵּעַ or יִשְׁקַע) man should at all times sink himself into the study of the Mishnah, for when he knocks, v. רָתַק. Koh. R. to I, 5 עד שלאה׳ שמשו … הזריחוכ׳ before God made the sun of Moses to set, he made the sun of Joshua to rise, v. שֶׁמֶש. Ib. 4 היוצר הזה מַשְׁקִיעַ כבשונו מה שמשקיעוכ׳ the potter fills his oven; what he sinks into it first, is the last to come out; a. fr. Hithpa. הִשְׁתַּקֵּע, Nithpa. נִשְׁתַּקֵּעַ 1) to be sunk, drowned; to be mixed tip beyond recognition. Midr. Till. to Ps. 22 המִשְׁתַּקְּעִים שוקעים את שוקעיהן those that were to he drowned, drowned those that wanted to drown them. Ruth R. to I, 17 נ׳ … בחליו was three days unconscious I on his sick-bed, opp. נתישבה דעתו he came to. Ex. R. s. 156> מִשְׁתַּקְּעִין בעונותוכ׳ are sunk in sins through the evil inclination. Ib.15> עד שנִשְׁתַּקְּעוּ תהומות until the depths were filled with water. Y.Shek.VIII, beg.51a והיו עולי רגלים משתקאיןוכ׳ the pilgrims sank in blood up to their knees; Men.103b שוקעין; Tosef.Eduy. III, 2 מפקיעין בדםוכ׳ ed. Zuck. (read: מְשוּקָּעִין; Var. מְשַׁקְּעִין את ארכובותיהן). Arakh.6b עד שלא נ׳ שםוכ׳ as long as the name of its owner (that donated it) is not merged (but is still traceable). Kidd.75a עד שיִשְׁתֵּקֵּעַ שםע״א ממנו until the name of idolatry has disappeared from him (until his idolatrous ancestry is no longer traceable). Y.Keth.I, 25d top משפחהשנ׳ בה פסולוכ׳ if a genealogical blemish is mixed up in a family, you must investigate it back to four mothers; Y.Kidd.IV, 65d bot. Ib. מה נאשה ונִשְׁתַּקְּעוּ בהנ גדולי הדור what can we do (with these families), since prominent men of the generation are mixed up with them? Ib. חמשת … וכולם נשתקעו בכהונהוכ׳ Pashhur ben Imer had five thousand slaves, and they are all mixed up with high priestly families; Y.Yeb.VIII, 9d top; (Kidd.70b נטמעו). Tanḥ. Noah 5 the Lord supported Noah שלא יִשְׁתַּקֵּעַ במעשה דור המבול lest he sink down in (the mud of) the deeds of the generation of the flood; a. fr. 2) to settle permanently, be naturalized. Sifré Deut. 301 (ref. to Deut. 26:5 ויגר) מלמד … להִשְׁתַּקֵּע אלא לגור שם this shows that he (Jacob) did not go down (to Egypt) to settle there as a citizen, but only to sojourn there. 3) to be lost in forests, fields Y.Ber.II, end, 5d ובשעה שהוא משתקעוכ׳ but when one is lost, he may even trespass on a field of crocus; (B. Kam.81a תועה). Y. Ber. l. c.; Y.B. Bath.V, 15a bot. וראו … משתקע ובא כנגדן they saw R. J. b. P. having lost his way and coming (through fields) towards them. -
6 el2
= the, ye.Nota: Forma arcaica.Ex. The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.Ex. The article 'Ye olde smart card' presents an annotated list of information sources on the credit card industry.----* a lo extremo = to the extreme.* aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.* barrio de los ricos = upper town.* de los mejores = as good as any.* el abuelo de = the granddaddy of.* el acabose = the last straw.* el alcance = comprehensiveness.* el amor de + Posesivo + vida = the love of + Posesivo + life.* el año próximo = the year ahead.* el arte de = the art of, the fine art of.* el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.* el auténtico = the real McCoy.* el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.* el bien de = the good of.* el buenazo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.* el bueno de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.* el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.* el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.* el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.* el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.* el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.* el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.* el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.* el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.* el centro de atención + ser = all eyes + be + on.* el charco = the big pond.* el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.* el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.* el colmo = the last straw.* el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.* el copón = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.* el corazón de = the heart of.* el crecimiento de = the rising tide of.* el cual = which.* el de = that in, that of.* el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* el día del Juicio Final = the Day of Judgement.* El Diluvio = the Flood.* el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.* el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.* el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.* el dinero no crece en los árboles = money doesn't grow on trees.* el doble = twice + as many.* el doble de = twice + the number of.* El Dorado = El Dorado.* el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.* el entonces + Nombre = the then + Nombre.* el espíritu de la época = the spirit of the times.* el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].* el evitar = avoidance.* el éxito genera éxito = success breeds success (SBS).* el éxito llama al éxito = success breeds success (SBS).* el final de = the close of.* el final de los problemas = the light at the end of the tunnel.* el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.* el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.* el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.* el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.* el fruto de + Nombre = the fruit of + Nombre.* el futuro = the way ahead, the way of the future.* el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.* el Gato con Botas = Puss in Boots.* el grado de = the extent of.* el grado de + Nombre = the breadth and depth of + Nombre.* el grado en que = the extent to which.* el gran hermano = big brother.* el guapo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.* el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).* el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....* el hombre de la calle = the average Joe.* el hombre no es una isla = no man is an island.* el hombre propone y Dios dispone = Man proposes, God disposes.* el impulsor de = the power behind.* el interés público = the public interest.* El Juicio Final = The Last Judgement.* el lastre de = the shackles of.* el llevar = carrying.* el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.* El Mago de Oz = The Wizard of Oz, The Wizard of Oz.* el más = all-time.* el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.* el más allá = hereafter.* el más bajo = rock-bottom.* el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.* el más leído = the most widely read.* el más recomendado = best of breed, the.* el Mediterráneo = Mediterranean Sea, the, the Med.* el mejor = best of breed, the.* el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.* el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.* el mejor modo de = the best way of.* el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.* el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.* el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.* el mentir = lying.* el mes pasado = last month.* el mío = mine.* el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).* el mismo número = as many.* el modo como = the way in which.* el modo de = the way in which.* el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.* el momento preciso = the point in time at which.* el motor de = the power behind.* el movimiento se demuestra andando = actions speak louder than words.* el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.* el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.* el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.* el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.* el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.* el + Nombre + correcto al + Nombre + adecuado en el momento oportuno = the right + Nombre + to the right + Nombre + at the right time.* el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.* el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.* el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* el nuevo aspecto de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.* el orgullo de = showpiece.* el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.* el padre de = the father of.* el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.* el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.* el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.* el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.* el peso de = brunt of, the.* el populacho = the great unwashed.* el porqué de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.* el portavoz de = the voice of.* el presente = thisness.* el primer intento = the first time around.* el primer + Nombre = the earliest + Nombre.* el primero mencionado = former.* el principal = the number one.* el principio de = the dawn of.* el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.* el principio de + Mes/Estación = early + Mes/Estación.* el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* el problema obvio = the elephant in the room.* el proletariado = the great unwashed.* el pulmón de = the heart of.* el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.* el que = that, the one.* el que aprende = learner.* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.* el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].* el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.* el que no llora, no mama = the squeaky (squeaking) wheel gets the grease (the oil/oiled).* el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.* el que pregunta = inquirer [enquirer, -UK].* el quid de la cuestión = the crux of the problem, the crux of the matter.* el registro de los registros = record-of-record.* el registro modelo = record-of-record.* el resto = rest, the.* el resto (de) = the remainder (of), the rest (of).* El Salvador = El Salvador.* el segundo mencionado = latter.* el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.* el ser barato = cheapness.* el siguiente no, el otro = next but one.* el sitio adecuado en el momento adecuado = the right place at the right time.* el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.* el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.* el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.* el súmmum = the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* el tamaño de = the extent of.* el tema de la discusión = the focus of the discussion.* el tema del debate = the focus of the discussion.* el tiempo de Algo = in season.* el tiempo es oro = time is money.* el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.* el tiempo vuela = time flies (by).* el tipo de = the range of.* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.* el total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.* el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.* el transcurso del tiempo = as time goes by.* el último citado = latter.* el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* el último + Nombre = the latest + Nombre.* el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.* el único = the one and only.* el único e incomparable = the one and only.* el único e inimitable = the one and only.* el único problema = a fly in the soup, the fly in the ointment.* el verdadero = the real McCoy.* el verdadero problema = the elephant in the room.* el ver televisión = television viewing.* el viejo = the elder.* el vulgo = the great unwashed.* el yugo de = the shackles of.* espicharlas = kick + the bucket.* la = the, ye.* la alternativa + ser = the alternative + be.* la belleza es superficial = beauty is only skin deep.* La Biblioteca Responde = Ask the Library.* la Biblioteca y el Archivo de Canadá = Library and Archives Canada.* la buena noticia = the good news.* la calidad es nuestro lema = quality is our middle name.* la calma que precede a la tormenta = the lull before the storm.* la cambiante fisonomía de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.* la caridad empieza por uno mismo = charity begins at home.* la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.* la ciudadana media = the average Jane.* la ciudad que nunca duerme = the city that never sleeps.* la clave de = at the heart of.* la clave está en la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* la comunidad en general = the community at large.* la Convención de la Haya de 1954 = the 1954 Hague Convention.* la copa del árbol = the top of the tree.* la cosa es que = the thing is.* la cosa principal = the number one thing.* la crème de la crème = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.* la cruz de = the bane of.* la cuestión es que = the thing is.* la década de los + Número = the + Número + s.* la demanda de = a call for.* la diversidad de = the range of.* la diversidad de + Nombre = the many + Nombre.* la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.* la época de Algo = in season.* la escoria de la sociedad = the gutter.* la espalda de = the back of.* la evidencia = the writing on the wall.* la fe mueve montañas = faith will move mountains.* la filosofía de = the reason behind, the reasoning behind.* la flor de + Nombre = the prime of + Nombre.* la flor y nata = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.* la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.* la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).* la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.* la fuerza de la mayoría = strength in numbers.* la gente decía que = rumour had it that.* la gente dice que = rumour has it that.* la gente se está inquietando = the natives are nervous.* la gente se está poniendo nerviosa = the natives are nervous.* la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.* la gota que colmó el vaso = the straw that broke the camel's back.* la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.* la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.* la historia + repetirse = history + come full circle.* la historia + volverse a repetir = history + come full circle.* la hostia = the cat's pyjamas, the cat's pyjamas, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* la hoz y el martillo = the hammer and sickle.* la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.* la imaginación no tiene límites = your imagination is the limit.* la imitación es la mejor forma de que lo halaguen a uno = imitation is the sincerest form of flattery.* La Isla del Tesoro = Treasure Island.* la joya de = showpiece.* la judicatura = the Bench.* la justicia = the Bench.* la juventud no es cuestión de edad sino de espíritu = you are as old as you feel.* la leche = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.* la luz al final del túnel = the light at the end of the tunnel.* la magistratura = the Bench.* la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.* la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.* la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.* la mar de = a whole slew of.* la mayoría con mucho de = the vast majority of.* la mayoría de = the majority of, most + Nombre, the main bulk of.* la mayoría de la gente = most people, the majority of the people.* la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.* la mayoría de las veces = most of the time, more often than not.* la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.* la mayoría del tiempo = most of the time.* la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.* la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.* la medida en que = the extent to which.* la mejor forma de hacer Algo = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].* la mejor manera = how best.* la mejor manera de = the best way of.* la mejor oferta = the best deal.* la mejor opción = the best bet.* la mejor salida = the best way forward.* la mejor solución = the best way forward.* la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.* la mentira = lying.* la mirada en = eye(s) on.* la misma persona = one and the same person.* la mitad (1/2) = one-half (1/2).* la necesidad agudiza el ingenio = necessity mothers invention.* la ocasión la pintan calva = make + hay while the sun shines.* la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.* la oportunidad de + Posesivo + vida = the opportunity of a lifetime.* la parte de atrás de = the back of.* la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.* la parte más importante = the heart of.* la parte principal de = the bulk of.* la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.* la parte trasera de = the back of.* la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.* la pesadilla de = the bane of.* la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.* la petición de = a call for.* la píldora = the pill.* la plebe = the great unwashed.* la polla = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.* la práctica hace al maestro = practice makes perfect.* la primera tentativa = the first time around.* la primera vez = the first time around.* la proporción mayor de = the lion's share of.* la próxima moda = the next hot thing.* la puntilla = the final/last nail in + Posesivo + coffin.* la que = that, the one.* la razón de ser = the reason for being.* la realidad es que = the fact remains that..., fact is, the fact is (that).* la rehostia = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.* la responsabilidad ahora recae en + Nombre = the ball is in + Posesivo + court.* la responsabilidad es de... = the buck + stops....* la riqueza de = the wealth of.* la ruina de = the bane of.* las = the, ye.* las 24 horas = round the clock, around the clock.* las apariencias engañan = don't judge a book by its cover, there's more to it than meets the eye.* las ataduras de = the shackles of.* las autoridades = the powers-that-be.* las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.* las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.* las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).* las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).* las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.* las cosas + seguir + igual = business + revolve + as usual.* las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.* las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.* las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.* las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.* las cosas + volver + a su punto de partida = the wheel + turn + full circle.* las de = those for.* las doce del mediodía = noon.* la segunda mitad de + Fecha = the latter part of + Fecha.* la segunda opción = the next best choice.* la segunda vez = the second time around.* la semana pasada = last week.* la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.* la situación = the course of events.* la sociedad en general = society at large.* las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.* las profundidades del mar = the deep.* las profundidades del océano = the deep.* las pruebas = the writing on the wall.* las raíces se encuentran = roots + lie.* las raíces se remontan a = roots + lie.* las razones de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.* las Reglas de Cutter para un Catálogo Diccionario = Cutter's Rules for a Dictionary Catalog.* las triquiñuelas de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* la suerte + cambiar = the tide + turn.* la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.* la suerte está echada = the die is cast.* la suma total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.* las uvas están verdes = sour grapes.* las veinticuatro horas = day and night, day or night, night and day.* la temporada de Algo = in season.* la tierra de la abundancia = the land of plenty.* la tierra de las oportunidades = the land of opportunity.* la tira de = a whole slew of.* la tira de tiempo = donkey's years.* la triste realidad es que = the sad fact is (that).* la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* la última vez = last time.* la última vez que = the last time.* la única pega = the fly in the ointment, a fly in the soup.* la unión hace la fuerza = strength in numbers.* la ventaja de = the beauty of.* la ventaja es que = on the positive side, the advantage is that, on the bright side.* la verdad = the lowdown (on).* la verdad es que = if the truth be known, if the truth be told, the fact is (that), fact is.* la verdad es que... = the fact of the matter is that....* la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.* la verdad sea dicha que = if the truth be told.* la Vía Láctea = the Milky Way.* la vida continúa = the show must go on.* la vida + continuar = life + go on.* la vida es así = life's like that.* ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.* la vida + seguir = life + go on.* la víspera de = on the eve of.* la voz de = the voice of.* la voz de la conciencia = the voice within.* la voz de la experiencia = the voice of experience.* la voz de la razón = the voice of reason.* la voz del odio = the voice of hate.* la voz interior = the voice within.* lo absurdo = ridiculousness.* lo adecuado = adequacy.* lo + Adjetivo + que sea/esté = how + Adjetivo.* lo anodino = blandness.* lo anteriormente expuesto = the preceding.* lo apropiado = appropriateness.* lo barato = inexpensiveness.* lo básico = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).* lo bastante elevado = high enough.* lo bastante extenso = adequately scoped.* lo bueno de = the beauty of.* lo bueno es que = the good news is (that)..., on the positive side, on the bright side.* lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.* lo bueno y lo malo = the rights and wrongs.* lo caro = expensiveness.* lo chicano = Chicana.* lo chulo = coolness.* lo cierto es que = fact is, the fact is (that).* lo completo = completeness.* lo completo que Algo está = fullness.* lo creas o no = believe it or not.* lo decisivo = the last word.* lo definitivo = the last word.* lo desagradable = unpleasantness.* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!, you must be kidding!.* lo directo = directness.* lo divertido = the fun part.* lo engorroso de = cumbersomeness.* lo esencial = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).* lo estrafalario = zaniness.* lo estrambótico = zaniness.* lo extenso = comprehensiveness.* lo favorable = propitiousness.* lo hebraico = Hebraica.* lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.* lo importante es lo que eres no cómo te llamas = a rose by any other name.* lo imprescindible = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.* lo incómodo de = cumbersomeness.* lo indefinido = indefiniteness.* lo indirecto = indirectness.* lo indispensable = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.* lo insulso = blandness.* lo interesante = the fun part.* lo judío = Judaica.* lo lindo = cuteness.* lo llano = flatness.* lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.* lo más conveniente es que = optimally.* lo más destacado = highlights.* lo más detestado = pet hate.* lo más importante = most of all, at its core.* lo más interesante = highlights.* lo más mínimo = so much as.* lo más novedoso = the last word.* lo más odiado = pet hate.* lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.* lo más probable es que = most probably.* lo más recio de = brunt of, the.* lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.* lo máximo = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* lo mejor = the top of the tree.* lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.* lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.* lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.* lo mejor de todo = best of all.* lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.* lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....* lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.* lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.* lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.* lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.* lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.* lo menos posible = as little as possible.* lo mínimo = bare minimum, bare necessities, the.* lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.* lo mismo ocurre en el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).* lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.* lo mismo que antes = the same as before.* lo mismo que para = the same as that for.* lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).* lo molesto de = cumbersomeness.* lo mucho que = how extensively.* lo noble = high-mindedness.* lo no convencional = unconventional, the.* lo normal + ser + que = there + be + a tendency (to/for), there + be + a tendency (to/for).* lo oportuno = timeliness.* lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.* lo peor de = brunt of, the.* lo peor del = the armpit of the.* lo pintoresco = quaintness.* lo plano = flatness.* lo poco común = rarity, rareness.* lo poco convencional = unconventional, the.* lo primero = for one, first off.* lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.* lo prometido es deuda = a promise is a promise.* lo propicio = propitiousness.* lo público = publicness.* lo que = that which, what.* lo que aguarda a = what is on store for.* lo que Algo o Alguien se merece, lo que le corresponde, bastante = fair share, fair share.* lo que a uno cura a otro mata = one man's meat is another man's poison.* lo que demuestra que = which (just) goes to show that.* lo que el futuro depara a = what is on store for.* lo que es aun más inquietante = more disturbingly.* lo que es aun más preocupante = more disturbingly.* lo que es aun mejor = better still.* lo que es aun peor = worse still.* lo que es bueno para uno es bueno para otro = what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.* lo que es bueno para uno también es bueno para otro = what's good for the goose is good for the gander.* lo que es más = what is more, what's more.* lo que es más importante = most importantly, more importantly, most of all, most important.* lo que es mejor aun = better still.* lo que es muy importante = importantly.* lo que es peor = what's worse.* lo que es peor aun = worse still.* lo que espera a = what is on store for.* lo que está bien y lo que está mal = rights and wrongs.* lo que existe (en el mercado) = what's out there.* lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.* lo que hay (en el mercado) = what's out there.* lo que hay que hacer = do + the right thing, the way to go.* lo que hay que hacer y lo que hay que evitar = do's and don'ts, rights and wrongs.* lo que le corresponde = fair share.* lo que nos espera = things to come.* lo que quiera que = whatever.* lo que sea = something or other.* lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.* lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.* lo que + ser = what + be like.* lo que se suele pagar = going rate, the.* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.* lo que vale para tí también vale para mí = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.* lo rural = rurality.* los = the, ye.* los 365 días del año = year-round.* los 40 principales = Top 40 singles chart.* los abajo firmantes = the parties hereto.* los acontecimientos = the course of events.* lo sagrado = sacredness.* los albores de = the dawn of.* los años cincuenta = fifties.* los años treinta = thirties.* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = lose + sight of the forest for the trees.* los avatares de la guerra = the tides of war.* los buenos tiempos = the good old days.* los comienzos de = the dawn of.* los constantes cambios de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.* los de = those for, those in.* los demás = rest, the, everybody else.* los detalles de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* los días antes de = leading up to.* los dos = both, both of them, both of which.* los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.* los gobernantes = the powers-that-be.* los hay para dar y regalar = there's one born every minute.* los mandamás = the powers-that-be.* los más necesitados = those most in need.* los más pobres + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.* los menos locuaces = inarticulate, the.* los motivos de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.* los necesitados = the needy.* los orígenes de = the dawn of.* los otros con los que aparece(n) = neighbours [neighbors, -USA].* los peores + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.* los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.* los pormenores de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* Los Principios de París = Paris Principles.* los que = those who.* los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.* los que mandan = the powers-that-be.* los que no han recibido formación específica = uninstructed, the.* los que + Verbo = those + Participio.* los tribunales = the Bench.* lo suficientemente cerca = within range.* lo suficientemente cerca como para oír = within earshot of.* lo suficientemente estúpido como para = dumb enough to.* lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.* lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.* los últimos coletazos = fag-end.* lo sumo = the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks, the cat's pyjamas.* los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.* los viejos tiempos = the good old days.* lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.* lo último = the last word.* lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.* lo vanguardista = cutting edge.* lo yidish = Yiddica.* parmarlas = kick + the bucket.* ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come. -
7 अग्निः _agniḥ
अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.']1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c.-2 The God of fire.-3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232.-4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid.-5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते).-6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्).-7 Gold.-8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26.-9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida.-1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ-11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1.-12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28.-13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.[Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three- fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics: धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and + produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers.Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons - Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव].-Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire- sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14.-अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket,-आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्.-आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति.-आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (-यम्) =˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि.-इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved).-इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18.-उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c.-उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis.-2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice.-उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā.-एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary.-कणः; -स्तोकः a spark.-कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.]1 cauterization.-2 action of fire.-3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25.-कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।).-कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्]1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्.-काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु)-कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw.-कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel.-कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय.-2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs.-कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू]-केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव]1 smoke.-2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma.-कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥-क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.]1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies.-2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284.-क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations.-गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (--र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य]1 N. of the plant Agnijāra.-2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7.-3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire.(-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.)-2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती)-3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी]-ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c.-घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power.-चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11.-चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132.-2 (-यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation.-3 a heap of fire-चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्.-चूडः A bird having a red tuft.-चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93.-ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire.(-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति).1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (-जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्.-जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4.-जिह्व a.1 having a fiery tongue.-2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (-ह्वा)1 a tongue or flame of fire.-2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः-3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी)-ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire.-2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी).-तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire.-तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते]1 practising very aus- tere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires.-2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire-तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (-स् n.) the lustre of fire. (-स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara.-त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि.-द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.]1 giving or supplying with fire-2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion.-3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45.-दग्ध a.1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P.-2 burnt with fire.-3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire.-दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी]-दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि.-दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic.-दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (-प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion.-दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion.-दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13.-दूषितः a. branded.-देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni.-देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका).-द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95.-धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3.-धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55.-नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्.-निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार.-नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general.-पदम् 1 the word Agni.-2 fire-place.-3 N. of a plant.-परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67.-परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4.-परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen.-परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire.-पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43.-पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire.-पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c.-प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual.-प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8.-प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire.-प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband.-प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26.-प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire.-बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्]1 smoke.-2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P.-बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः)-2 N. of the letter र्.-भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.]1 'shining like fire,' gold.-2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका.-भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः]1 water.-2 gold.-भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire.(भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya.-2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni.-3 (arith.) six.-भूति a. produced from fire. (-तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (-तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire.-भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11.-मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone.-मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः]1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick.-2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself.-मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (-न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते),-मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia.-मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya.-मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name.-मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (-खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य]1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.)-2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज)-3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः).-4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्)-5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त-6 'fire- mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (-खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्]1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला).-2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल).-3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा].-मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire.-यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17.-यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता.-योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43.-योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up.-रक्षणम् 1 con- secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र.-2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c.-3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ.-रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः]1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप.-2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni.-3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7-रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa.-राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile.-रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः).-रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire.-रूपम् the nature of fire.-रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold.-रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit.-लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥-वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni-वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas.-वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91.(र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana.-2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (-र्णा) a strong liquor.-वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic.(-कः) 1 a tonic.-2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार).-वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्]1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta.-2 the resinous juice of it.-वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment.-वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा]1 smoke.-2 a goat.-वाहनम् a goat (छाग).-विद् m.1 one who knows the mystery about Agni.-2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v.-विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire.-विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation.-विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि.-2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348.-वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni.-2 gold.-वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra- māditya).-वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक).-वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti.-वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh.-2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj- ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8.-शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3.-शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage.-शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām.(-खः) 1 a lamp.-2 a rocket, fiery arrow.-3 an arrow in general.-4 safflower plant.-5 saffron.-6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष.(-खम्) 1 saffron.-2 gold.(-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb.-2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni- spermum Cordifolium.-शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire.-शेखर a. fire-crested. (-रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (-रम्) gold,-शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252.-श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni-ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c.-ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16.-2 a fire-pan.-संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3.-ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः-संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire.-2 hallowing or con- secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56.-सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind.-2 the wild pigeon (smoke- coloured).-3 smoke.-सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or pro- duced from fire.(-वः) 1 wild safflower.-2 lymph, result of digestion. (-वम्) gold.-साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48.-सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (-रः -रम्) power or essence of fire.-सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93.-सूत्रम् a thread of fire.-2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture.-सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67.-स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni.-2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation.-3 N. of a medicine so used.-स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a por- tion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74.-स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्]1 = अग्निष्टोम.-2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu.-रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र]1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम.-2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt.-3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu.-4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclu- sion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice.-सावर्णिः Name of Manu.-स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire.-स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descen- dants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः).-हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8.-होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.]1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.).-2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (-त्र) a. Ved.1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra.-2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र.-होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि]1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire.-2 one who has prepared the sacrifi- cial place.-होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2. -
8 κόσμος
κόσμος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+)① that which serves to beautify through decoration, adornment, adorning (Hom.+; Diod S 20, 4, 5 τῶν γυναικῶν τὸν κόσμον; OGI 531, 13; SIG 850, 10; IMaronIsis 41; PEleph 1, 4; PSI 240, 12 γυναικεῖον κόσμον; LXX; TestJud 12:1; JosAs 2:6 al.; Philo, Migr. Abr. 97 γυναικῶν κ.; Jos., Ant. 1, 250; 15, 5; Just., A II, 11, 4f) of women’s attire, etc. ὁ ἔξωθεν … κόσμος external adorning 1 Pt 3:3 (Vi. Hom. 4 of the inward adornment of a woman, beside σωφροσύνη; Crates, Ep. 9; Pythag., Ep. 11, 1; Plut., Mor. 141e; on the topic of external adornment cp. SIG 736, 15–26).② condition of orderliness, orderly arrangement, order (Hom. et al.; s. HDiller, Die vorphilosophische Gebrauch von κ. und κοσμεῖν: BSnell Festschr., ’56, 47–60) μετὰ κόσμου in order Dg 12:9 (text uncertain; s. μετακόσμιος).③ the sum total of everything here and now, the world, the (orderly) universe, in philosophical usage (so, acc. to Plut., Mor. 886b, as early as Pythagoras; certainly Heraclitus, Fgm. 66; Pla., Gorg. 508a, Phdr. 246c; Chrysipp., Fgm. 527 v. Arnim κόσμος σύστημα ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς καὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις περιεχομένων φύσεων. Likew. Posidonius in Diog. L. 7, 138; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 2 p. 391b, 9ff; 2 and 4 Macc; Wsd; EpArist 254; Philo, Aet. M. 4; Jos., Ant. 1, 21; Test12Patr; SibOr 7, 123; AssMos Fgm. b Denis [=Tromp p. 272]; Just., A I, 20, 2 al.; Ath. 19, 2 al.; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 68, 14; Did., Gen. 36, 7; 137, 13.—The other philosoph. usage, in which κ. denotes the heaven in contrast to the earth, is prob. without mng. for our lit. [unless perh. Phil 2:15 κ.=‘sky’?]). ἡ ἀέναος τοῦ κ. σύστασις the everlasting constitution of the universe 1 Cl 60:1 (cp. OGI 56, 48 εἰς τὸν ἀέναον κ.). Sustained by four elements Hv 3, 13, 3. πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κ. εἶναι before the world existed J 17:5. ἀπὸ καταβολῆς [κόσμου] from the beginning of the world Mt 13:35; 25:34; Lk 11:50; Hb 4:3; 9:26; Rv 13:8; 17:8. Also ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς κ. Mt 24:21 or ἀπὸ κτίσεως κ. Ro 1:20.—B 5:5 ἀπὸ καταβ. κ. evidently means at the foundation of the world (s. Windisch, Hdb. ad loc.). πρὸ καταβολῆς κ. before the foundation of the world J 17:24; Eph 1:4; 1 Pt 1:20 (on the uses w. καταβολή s. that word, 1). οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κ. no idol has any real existence in the universe (Twentieth Century NT) 1 Cor 8:4. Of the creation in its entirety 3:22. ὁ κόσμος ὅλος = πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις (Sallust. 21 p. 36, 13; TestSol 5:7; TestJob 33:4) Hs 9, 2, 1; 9, 14, 5. φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ stars in the universe Phil 2:15 (s. above). Esp. of the universe as created by God (Epict 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν, τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Wsd 9:9; 2 Macc 7:23 ὁ τοῦ κ. κτίστης; 4 Macc 5:25; Just., A I, 59, 1 al.; Ath. 8, 2 al.) ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κ. who has made the world Ac 17:24. ὁ κτίστης τοῦ σύμπαντος κ. 1 Cl 19:2; ὁ κτίσας τὸν κ. Hv 1, 3, 4; cp. m 12, 4, 2. ὁ τοῦ παντὸς κ. κυριεύων B 21:5. οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15. Christ is called παντὸς τοῦ κ. κύριος 5:5; and the κ. owes its origin to his agency J 1:10b. The world was created for the sake of the church Hv 2, 4, 1.—The universe, as the greatest space conceivable, is not able to contain someth. (Philo, Ebr. 32) J 21:25.④ the sum total of all beings above the level of the animals, the world, as θέατρον ἐγενήθημεν (i.e. οἱ ἀπόστολοι) τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις 1 Cor 4:9. Here the world is divided into angels and humans (cp. the Stoic definition of the κόσμος in Stob., Ecl. I p. 184, 8 τὸ ἐκ θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων σύστημα; likew. Epict 1, 9, 4.—Acc. to Ocellus Luc. 37, end, the κ. consists of the sphere of the divine beyond the moon and the sphere of the earthly on this side of the moon).⑤ planet earth as a place of inhabitation, the world (SIG 814, 31 [67 A.D.] Nero, ὁ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου κύριος; the meaning of the birthday of Augustus for the world OGI 458, 40 [=IPriene 105]; 2 Macc 3:12; Jos., Ant. 9, 241; 10, 205; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 68)ⓐ gener. Mk 16:15. τὰς βασιλείας τοῦ κ. Mt 4:8; ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κ. 26:13. Cp. 13:38 (cp. Hs 5, 5, 2); Mk 14:9; Hs 9, 25, 2. τὸ φῶς τοῦ κ. τούτου the light of this world (the sun) J 11:9. In rhetorical exaggeration ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν ὅλῳ τ. κόσμῳ Ro 1:8 (cp. the Egypt. grave ins APF 5, 1913, 169 no. 24, 8 ὧν ἡ σωφροσύνη κατὰ τὸν κ. λελάληται). Abraham as κληρονόμος κόσμου heir of the world 4:13.—Cp. 1 Cor 14:10; Col 1:6. ἡ ἐν τῷ κ. ἀδελφότης the brotherhood in the (whole) world 1 Pt 5:9. ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κ. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν our Lord has assumed the sovereignty of the world Rv 11:15. τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κ. (not LXX, but prob. rabbinic אֻמּוֹת הָעוֹלָם=humankind apart fr. Israel; Billerb. II 191; Dalman, Worte 144f) the unconverted in the world Lk 12:30. In this line of development, κόσμος alone serves to designate the polytheistic unconverted world Ro 11:12, 15.—Other worlds (lands) beyond the ocean 1 Cl 20:8.—Many of these pass. bear the connotation ofⓑ the world as the habitation of humanity (as SibOr 1, 160). So also Hs 9, 17, 1f. εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὸν κ. of entrance into the world by being born 1 Cl 38:3. ἐκ τοῦ κ. ἐξελθεῖν leave this present world (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 5 ἔξω τ. κόσμου φεύγειν; s. ἐξέρχομαι 5; cp. Hippol., Ref. 5, 16, 7) 1 Cor 5:10b; 2 Cl 8:3. γεννηθῆναι εἰς τὸν κ. be born into the world J 16:21. ἕως ἐσμὲν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κ. 2 Cl 8:2. οὐδὲν εἰσφέρειν εἰς τὸν κ. (Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 294 τὸν μηδὲν εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσενηνοχότα) 1 Ti 6:7 (Pol 4:1). πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸν κ. 2J 7.—ἐν τῷ κόσμω τούτῳ J 12:25 (κ. need not here be understood as an entity hostile to God, but the transition to the nuance in 7b, below, is signalled by the term that follows: ζωὴν αἰώνιον). ἵνα εἰς κόσμον προέλθῃ AcPlCor 2:6.ⓒ earth, world in contrast to heaven (Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 59; Iren., 1, 4, 2 [Harv. I 35, 5]; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 15, 24) ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ 2 Cl 19:3.—Esp. when mention is made of the preexistent Christ, who came fr. another world into the κόσμος. So, above all, in John (Bultmann, index I κόσμος) ἔρχεσθαι εἰς τὸν κ. (τοῦτον) J 6:14; 9:39; 11:27; 16:28a; 18:37; specif. also come into the world as light 12:46; cp. 1:9; 3:19. Sending of Jesus into the world 3:17a; 10:36; 17:18; 1J 4:9. His εἶναι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ J 1:10a; 9:5a; 17:12 v.l. Leaving the world and returning to the Father 13:1a; 16:28b. Cp. 14:19; 17:11a. His kingship is not ἐκ τοῦ κ. τούτου of this world i.e. not derived from the world or conditioned by its terms and evaluations 18:36ab.—Also Χρ. Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν εἰς τ. κόσμον 1 Ti 1:15; cp. ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ (opp. ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ) 3:16.—εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τὸν κ. Hb 10:5.ⓓ the world outside in contrast to one’s home PtK 3 p. 15, 13; 19.⑥ humanity in general, the world (TestAbr B 8 p. 113, 11 [Stone p. 74]; ApcEsdr 3:6 p. 27, 14; SibOr 1, 189; Just., A I, 39, 3 al.)ⓐ gener. οὐαὶ τῷ κ. ἀπὸ τῶν σκανδάλων woe to humankind because of the things that cause people to sin Mt 18:7; τὸ φῶς τοῦ κ. the light for humanity 5:14; cp. J 8:12; 9:5. ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ κ. 4:42; 1J 4:14 (this designation is found in inscriptions, esp. oft. of Hadrian [WWeber, Untersuchungen z. Geschichte des Kaisers Hadrianus 1907, 225; 226; 229]).—J 1:29; 3:17b; 17:6.—κρίνειν τὸν κ. (SibOr 4, 184; TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 11 [Stone p. 32]; ApcMos 37) of God, Christ J 12:47a; Ro 3:6; B 4:12; cp. Ro 3:19. Of believers 1 Cor 6:2ab (cp. Sallust. 21 p. 36, 13 the souls of the virtuous, together w. the gods, will rule the whole κόσμος). Of Noah διʼ ἧς (sc. πίστεως) κατέκρινεν τὸν κ. Hb 11:7. ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κ. εἰσῆλθεν Ro 5:12; likew. θάνατος εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν κ. 1 Cl 3:4 (Wsd 2:24; 14:14). Cp. Ro 5:13; 1 Cor 1:27f. περικαθάρματα τοῦ κ. the refuse of humanity 4:13. Of persons before conversion ἄθεοι ἐν τῷ κ. Eph 2:12.—2 Cor 1:12; 5:19; Js 2:5; 1J 2:2; 4:1, 3. ἀρχαῖος κόσμος the people of the ancient world 2 Pt 2:5a; cp. vs. 5b; 3:6. Of pers. of exceptional merit: ὧν οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κ. of whom the world was not worthy Hb 11:38.—ὅλος ὁ κ. all the world, everybody Ac 2:47 D; 1 Cl 5:7; cp. ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κ. 59:2; εἰς ὅλον τὸν κ. Hs 8, 3, 2. Likew. ὁ κόσμος (cp. Philo, De Prov. in Eus., PE 8, 14, 58) ὁ κ. ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν J 12:19. ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κ. 8:26; ἐν τῷ κ. 17:13; ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κ. 18:20; cp. 7:4; 14:22. ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κ. 14:31; cp. 17:23; ἵνα ὁ κ. πιστεύῃ 17:21.ⓑ of all humanity, but especially of believers, as the object of God’s love J 3:16, 17c; 6:33, 51; 12:47b.⑦ the system of human existence in its many aspects, the worldⓐ as scene of earthly joys, possessions, cares, sufferings (cp. 4 Macc 8:23) τὸν κ. ὅλον κερδῆσαι gain the whole world Mt 16:26; Mk 8:36; Lk 9:25; 2 Cl 6:2 (cp. Procop. Soph., Ep. 137 the whole οἰκουμένη is an unimportant possession compared to ἀρετή). τὰ τερπνὰ τοῦ κ. the delightful things in the world IRo 6:1. οἱ χρώμενοι τὸν κ. ὡς μὴ καταχρώμενοι those who use the world as though they had no use of it or those who deal with the world as having made no deals with it 1 Cor 7:31a. ἔχειν τὸν βίον τοῦ κ. possess worldly goods 1J 3:17. τὰ τοῦ κόσμου the affairs of the world 1 Cor 7:33f; cp. 1J 2:15f. The latter pass. forms an easy transition to the large number of exprs. (esp. in Paul and John) in whichⓑ the world, and everything that belongs to it, appears as that which is hostile to God, i.e. lost in sin, wholly at odds w. anything divine, ruined and depraved (Herm. Wr. 6, 4 [the κόσμος is τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς κακίας]; 13, 1 [ἡ τοῦ κ. ἀπάτη], in Stob. p. 428, 24 Sc.; En 48:7; TestIss 4:6; AscIs 3:25; Hdb., exc. on J 1:10; Bultmann ad loc.—cp. Sotades Maronita [III B.C.] 11 Diehl: the κόσμος is unjust and hostile to great men) IMg 5:2; IRo 2:2. ὁ κόσμος οὗτος this world (in contrast to the heavenly realm) J 8:23; 12:25, 31a; 13:1; 16:11; 18:36; 1J 4:17; 1 Cor 3:19; 5:10a; 7:31b; Hv 4, 3, 2ff; D 10:6; 2 Cl 5:1, 5; (opp. ὁ ἅγιος αἰών) B 10:11. ‘This world’ is ruled by the ἄρχων τοῦ κ. τούτου the prince of this world, the devil J 12:31b; 16:11; without τούτου 14:30. Cp. ὁ κ. ὅλος ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται the whole world lies in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19; cp. 4:4; also ὁ αἰὼν τοῦ κ. τούτου Eph 2:2 (s. αἰών 4).—Christians must have nothing to do with this world of sin and separation fr. God: instead of desiring it IRo 7:1, one is to ἄσπιλον ἑαυτὸν τηρεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ κ. keep oneself untainted by the world Js 1:27. ἀποφεύγειν τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κ. 2 Pt 2:20; cp. 1:4 (s. ἀποφεύγω 1).—Pol 5:3. ἡ φιλία τοῦ κ. ἔχθρα τ. θεοῦ ἐστιν Js 4:4a; cp. vs. 4b. When such an attitude is taken Christians are naturally hated by the world IRo 3:3; J 15:18, 19ad; 17:14a; 1J 3:13, as their Lord was hated J 7:7; 15:18; cp. 1:10c; 14:17; 16:20.—Also in Paul: God and world in opposition τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ κ. and τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐκ θεοῦ the spirit of the world and the spirit that comes fr. God 1 Cor 2:12; σοφία τοῦ κ. and σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ 1:20f. ἡ κατὰ θεὸν λύπη and ἡ τοῦ κ. λύπη godly grief and worldly grief 2 Cor 7:10. The world is condemned by God 1 Cor 11:32; yet also the object of the divine plan of salvation 2 Cor 5:19; cp. 1 Cl 7:4; 9:4. A Christian is dead as far as this world is concerned: διʼ οὗ (i.e. Ἰ. Χρ.) ἐμοὶ κ. ἐσταύρωται κἀγὼ κόσμῳ through Christ the world has been crucified for me, and I have been (crucified) to the world Gal 6:14; cp. the question τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κ. δογματίζεσθε; Col 2:20b. For στοιχεῖα τοῦ κ. Gal 4:3; Col 2:8, 20a s. στοιχεῖον.—The use of κ. in this sense is even further developed in John. The κ. stands in opposition to God 1J 2:15f and hence is incapable of knowing God J 17:25; cp. 1J 4:5, and excluded fr. Christ’s intercession J 17:9; its views refuted by the Paraclete 16:8. Neither Christ himself 17:14c, 16b; 14:27, nor his own 15:19b; 17:14b, 16a; 1J 3:1 belong in any way to the ‘world’. Rather Christ has chosen them ‘out of the world’ J 15:19c, even though for the present they must still live ‘in the world’ 17:11b; cp. 13:1b; 17:15, 18b. All the trouble that they must undergo because of this, 16:33a, means nothing compared w. the victorious conviction that Christ (and the believers w. him) has overcome ‘the world’ vs. 33b; 1J 5:4f, and that it is doomed to pass away 2:17 (TestJob 33:4; Kephal. I 154, 21: the κόσμος τῆς σαρκός will pass away).⑧ collective aspect of an entity, totality, sum total (SIG 850, 10 τὸν κόσμον τῶν ἔργων (but s. 1 above); Pr 17:6a) ὁ κ. τῆς ἀδικίας ἡ γλῶσσα καθίσταται the tongue becomes (or proves to be) the sum total of iniquity Js 3:6 (so, approx., Meinertz; FHauck.—MDibelius, Windisch and ASchlatter find mng. 7b here, whereas ACarr, Exp. 7th ser., 8, 1909, 318ff thinks of mng. 1). Χρ. τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου τῶν σῳζομένων σωτηρίας παθόντα Christ, who suffered or died (s. πάσχω 3aα) for the salvation of the sum total of those who are saved MPol 17:2.—FBytomski, D. genet. Entwicklung des Begriffes κόσμος in d. Hl. Schrift: Jahrb. für Philos. und spekul. Theol. 25, 1911, 180–201; 389–413 (only the OT); CSchneider, Pls u. d. Welt: Αγγελος IV ’32, 11–47; EvSchrenck, Der Kosmos-Begriff bei Joh.: Mitteilungen u. Nachrichten f. d. evang. Kirche in Russland 51, 1895, 1–29; RLöwe, Kosmos u. Aion ’35; RBultmann, D. Verständnis v. Welt u. Mensch im NT u. im Griechentum: ThBl 19, ’40, 1–14; GBornkamm, Christus u. die Welt in der urchr. Botschaft: ZTK 47, ’50, 212–26; ALesky, Kosmos ’63; RVölkl, Christ u. Welt nach dem NT ’61; GJohnston, οἰκουμένη and κ. in the NT: NTS 10, ’64, 352–60; NCassem, ibid. 19, ’72/73, 81–91; RBratcher, BT 31, ’80, 430–34.—B. 13; 440. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
9 οὐρανός
οὐρανός, οῦ, ὁ 24:31 (Hom.+; ‘heaven’ in various senses)① the portion or portions of the universe gener. distinguished from planet earth, heaven (so mostly in the sing.; s. B-D-F §141, 1)ⓐ mentioned w. the earthα. forming a unity w. it as the totality of creation (Pla., Euthyd. 296d οὐρανὸς καὶ γῆ; Gen 1:1; 14:19, 22; Tob 7:17 BA; Jdth 9:12; Bel 5; 1 Macc 2:37 al.; PsSol 8:7; ParJer 5:32; Just., D. 74, 1; PGM 13, 784 ὁ βασιλεύων τῶν οὐρανῶν κ. τῆς γῆς κ. πάντων τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐνδιατριβόντων; Orig., C. Cels. 6, 59, 6; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 13]) ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ Mt 5:18; 11:25; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 10:21; 16:17; 21:33; Ac 4:24; 14:15; 17:24 (on the absence of the art. s. B-D-F §253, 3); Rv 14:7; 20:11; Dg 3:4; AcPlCor 2:9; 19.β. standing independently beside the earth or contrasted w. it: Mt 5:34f; Ac 7:49 (cp. on both Is 66:1). ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ (τῆς) γῆς Mt 6:10; 28:18; Lk 11:2 v.l.; Rv 5:13.—1 Cor 8:5; Rv 5:3; ISm 11:2. τὸ πρόσωπον τ. γῆς καὶ τ. οὐρανοῦ Lk 12:56. Cp. Hb 12:26 (Hg 2:6); Js 5:12.—τὰ ἔσχατα τ. γῆς as extreme contrast to heaven 1 Cl 28:3. By God’s creative word the heaven was fixed and the earth founded on the waters Hv 1, 3, 4. Neither heaven nor earth can be comprehended by human measure 16:2 (Is 40:12). On ἀπʼ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ Mk 13:27 s. under ἄκρον. ὁ πρῶτος οὐρ. καὶ ἡ πρώτη γῆ will give way in the last times to the οὐρ. καινός and the γῆ καινή Rv 21:1 (cp. Is 65:17; 66:22).ⓑ as firmament or sky over the earth; out of reach for humans Hm 11:18. Hence ἕως οὐρανοῦ (ApcEsdr 4:32) Mt 11:23; Lk 10:15 or εἰς τὸν οὐρ. Hv 4, 1, 5 as an expr. denoting a great height. Likew. ἀπὸ τ. γῆς ἕως τ. οὐρανοῦ 1 Cl 8:3 (scripture quot. of unknown origin); GPt 10:40 (for a transcendent being who walks on the earth and whose head touches the sky, s. Il. 4, 443). Since the heaven extends over the whole earth, ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρ. under (the) heaven = on earth, throughout the earth (Pla., Tim. 23c, Ep. 7, 326c; UPZ 106, 14 [99 B.C.]; Eccl 1:13; 3:1; Just., A II, 5, 2) Ac 2:5; 4:12; Col 1:23; Hs 9, 17, 4; m 12, 4, 2. ὑποκάτωθεν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ throughout the earth 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14). ἐκ τῆς (i.e. χώρας) ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρ. εἰς τὴν ὑπʼ οὐρανόν from one place on earth to another Lk 17:24 (cp. Dt 29:19; Bar 5:3; 2 Macc 2:18 ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρ. εἰς τὸν ἅγιον τόπον).—In the last days there will appear τέρατα ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ ἄνω wonders in the heaven above Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3 v.l.). σημεῖον ἐν τῷ οὐρ. Rv 12:1, 3 (cp. Diod S 2, 30, 1 τὰ ἐν οὐρανῷ γινόμενα=what takes place in the heavens; Ael. Aristid. 50, 56 K.=26 p. 519 D., where the statue of Asclepius from Pergamum appears ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ). The sky can even be rolled up; s. ἑλίσσω.—Rain falls fr. heaven (X., An. 4, 2, 2) and heaven is closed to bring about a drought Lk 4:25.—Rv 11:6; Js 5:18 (cp. 2 Ch 6:26; 7:13; Sir 48:3). Lightning also comes fr. heaven (Bacchylides 17, 55f ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ … ἀστραπάν [=Attic-ήν]) Lk 10:18. Likew. of other things that come down like rain to punish sinners: fire Lk 9:54 (cp. 4 Km 1:10; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 14 [Stone p. 24]); Rv 20:9; fire and brimstone Lk 17:29 (cp. Gen 19:24); apocalyptic hail Rv 16:21; AcPl Ha 5, 7.ⓒ as starry heaven IEph 19:2. τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρ. (cp. ἄστρον and s. Eur., Phoen. 1; Diod S 6, 2, 2 ἥλιον κ. σελήνην κ. τὰ ἄλλα ἄστρα τὰ κατʼ οὐρανόν; Ael. Aristid. 43, 13 K.=1 p. 5 D.; TestAbr A 1 p. 78, 1 [Stone p. 4]; JosAs 2:11) Hb 11:12. οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐρ. 1 Cl 32:2 (Gen 22:17); cp. 10:6 (Gen 15:5). In the time of tribulation at the end of the world the stars will fall fr. heaven Mt 24:29a; Mk 13:25a; Rv 6:13; 12:4. Cp. 8:10; 9:1. ἡ στρατιὰ τοῦ οὐρ. (s. οὐράνιος) the host of heaven, of the stars, which some Israelites illicitly worshipped Ac 7:42 (worship of the στρατιὰ τοῦ οὐρ. in enmity to Yahweh also Jer 7:18; 19:13; Zeph 1:5; 2 Ch 33:3, 5). These are also meant by the δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν Mt 24:29b; Lk 21:26; cp. Mk 13:25b (cp. δύναμις 4).ⓓ as place of atmosphere (cp. TestAbr A 9 p. 87, 15 [Stone p. 22] εἰς τὴν αἰθέρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ); clouds hover in it, the νεφέλαι τοῦ οὐρ. (s. νεφέλη) Mt 24:30b; 26:64; Mk 14:62; D 16:8. Likew. the birds, τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (Gen 1:26; Ps 8:9; Jdth 11:7; ParJer 7:3; cp. Bar 3:17) Mt 6:26; 8:20; 13:32; Mk 4:32; Lk 8:5; 9:58; Ac 10:12; 11:6; 6:12 (Gen 1:26), 18; Hs 9, 24, 1; GJs 3:2 codd.; 18:2 codd.—πυρράζει ὁ οὐρανός Mt 16:2, 3.—In connection w. τὸν σατανᾶν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα Lk 10:18 the atmosphere may well be thought of as an abode of evil spirits. On Satan as the ἄρχων τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος, s. ἀήρ. Cp. also the λεγόμενοι θεοὶ εἴτε ἐν οὐρ. εἴτε ἐπὶ γῆς 1 Cor 8:5. In any case Rv 12:7f speaks of the dragon and his angels as being in heaven.ⓔ The concept of more than one heaven (the idea is Semitic; but s. FTorm, ZNW 33, ’34, 48–50, who refers to Anaximander and Aristot. Also Ps.-Apollod. 1, 6, 1, 2 ms. and Achilles Tat. 2, 36, 4 and 37, 2 ms. have οὐρανοί; Himerius, Or. 66 [=Or. 20], 4 οὐρανοί as the abode of the gods; also Hesychius Miles. [VI A.D.] c. 66 JFlach of the ‘godless heathen’ Tribonian.—Schlatter, Mt2 p. 58 on 3:2: ‘The pl. οὐρανοί is found neither in Philo nor Joseph.’ Cp. PKatz, Philo’s Bible ’50, 141–46; Mussies 84) is also found in our lit. (s. 1aα; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 15]), but it is not always possible to decide with certainty just where the idea is really alive and where it simply survives in a formula (in J’s Gospel the pl. is entirely absent; Rv has it only 12:12 [fr. LXX]. Eph always has the pl. In others the sing. and pl. are interchanged for no apparent reason [cp. Hb 9:23 w. 24 or Hv 1, 1, 4 w. 1, 2, 1; also GPt 10:40f; Ps. 113:11 lines 1 and 2; TestAbr, TestJob, Just., Tat.]): the third heaven (cp. Ps.-Lucian, Philopatris 12 ἐς τρίτον οὐρανὸν ἀεροβατήσας [s. on ἀνακαινίζω and πνεῦμα 8]; PSI 29, 2ff [IV A.D.?] ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε τὸν καθήμενον ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ οὐρανῷ … ἐν τῷ β´ οὐρ. … ἐν τῷ γ´ οὐρ.; Simplicius, In Epict. p. 100, 13 Düb. ὀκτὼ οὐρανοί; TestLevi 3:3; GrBar 11:1 εἰς πέμπτον οὐ. Combination of the third heaven and paradise, GrBar 10:1ff; ApcMos 37. S. τρίτος 1a) 2 Cor 12:2 (s. JohJeremias, Der Gottesberg 1919, 41ff; Ltzm., Hdb.4 ’49, exc. on 2 Cor 12:3f [lit.]). ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν Eph 4:10. τ. πάντα ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς κ. ἐπὶ τ. γῆς Col 1:16; cp. vs. 20. ἔργα τ. χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρ. Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26).—4:14; 7:26; 2 Pt 3:5, 7, 10, 12f (of the heavens, their destruction in the final conflagration, and their replacement by the καινοὶ οὐρ.); 1 Cl 20:1; 33:3. τακήσονταί τινες τῶν οὐρανῶν 2 Cl 16:3.—S. also Lampe s.v. 2.—From the concept of various celestial levels a transition is readily made to② transcendent abode, heaven (the pl. is preferred for this mng.: B-D-F §141, 1; Rob. 408)ⓐ as the dwelling-place (or throne) of God (Sappho, Fgm. 56 D.2 [=Campbell 54] of Eros; Solon 1, 22 D.3 of Zeus; Hom. Hymn to Aphrodite 291 [all three οὐρ. in the sing. as the seat of the gods]; Pla., Phdr. 246e ὁ μέγας ἐν οὐρανῷ Ζεύς; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 2, 2; 3, 4 ὁ οὐρ. as οἰκητήριον θεοῦ or θεῶν; Dio Chrys. 19[36], 22 θεῶν μακάρων κατʼ οὐρανόν; Artem. 2, 68 p. 159, 13 ὁ οὐρανὸς θεῶν ἐστὶν οἶκος; Ael. Aristid. 43, 14 K.=1 p. 5 D.; Maximus Tyr. 11, 11b; ins from Saïtaï in Lydia [δύναμις 5]; IAndrosIsis, Cyrene 8 p. 129.—On the OT: GWestphal, Jahwes Wohnstätten 1908, 214–73) Mt 23:22; Ac 7:55f; Hb 8:1; 16:2b (Is 66:1); Dg 10:7. ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρ. Hv 1, 1, 6 (cp. Tob 5:17 S). ὁ θεὸς τοῦ οὐρ. (Gen 24:3) Rv 11:13; 16:11. ὁ κύριος ἐν οὐρανοῖς Eph 6:9; cp. Col 4:1. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν (μου, ἡμῶν) ὁ ἐν (τοῖς) οὐρ. (silver tablet fr. Amisos: ARW 12, 1909, 25 ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μέγας ὁ ἐν οὐρανῷ καθήμενος) Mt 5:16, 45; 6:1, 9; 7:11, 21b; 10:33; 12:50; 16:17; 18:10b, 14, 19; Mk 11:25f; Lk 11:2 v.l.; D 8:2 (here the sing. ὁ ἐν τῷ οὐρ. Cp. PGM 12, 261 τῷ ἐν οὐρανῷ θεῷ). ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ the Father who (gives) from heaven Lk 11:13 (Jos., Ant. 9, 73 ἐκχέαι τὸν θεὸν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ). God dwells in τὰ ὕψη τῶν οὐρ. 1 Cl 36:2. Therefore the one who prays looks up toward heaven: ἀναβλέπειν εἰς τὸν οὐρ. (s. ἀναβλέπω 1) Mt 14:19; Mk 6:41; 7:34; Lk 9:16; MPol 9:2; 14:1. ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρ. εἶδεν δόξαν θεοῦ Ac 7:55; ἐπάρας τ. ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρ. J 17:1.—The Spirit of God comes fr. (the open) heaven Mt 3:16; Mk 1:10; Lk 3:21; J 1:32; Ac 2:2(–4); 1 Pt 1:12; AcPlCor 2:5. The voice of God resounds fr. it (Maximus Tyr. 35, 7b Διὸς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ μέγα βοῶντος, the words follow) Mt 3:17; Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; J 12:28; Ac 11:9; MPol 9:1 (cp. Just., D. 88, 8), and it is gener. the place where divine pronouncements originate Ac 11:5 and their end vs. 10. The ὀργὴ θεοῦ reveals itself fr. heaven Ro 1:18 (s. Jos., Bell. 1, 630 τὸν ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ δικαστήν). Also, a σημεῖον ἐκ (ἀπὸ) τοῦ οὐρ. is a sign given by God Mt 16:1; Mk 8:11; Lk 11:16; cp. 21:11.—Lampe s.v. 4.ⓑ Christ is ἐξ οὐρανοῦ from heaven, of a heavenly nature 1 Cor 15:47 (s. ἄνθρωπος 1d. On this HKennedy, St. Paul and the Conception of the ‘Heavenly Man’: Exp. 8th ser., 7, 1913, 97–110; EGraham, CQR 113, ’32, 226) and has come down from heaven J 3:13b, 31; 6:38, 42, 50 (Ar. 15, 1 ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς; Mel., P. 66, 467 ἀφικόμενος ἐξ οὐρανῶν), as ὁ ἄρτος ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (s. ἄρτος 2). Cp. Ro 10:6. He returned to heaven (τὴν ἔνσαρκον εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺ ἀνάληψιν Iren. 1, 10, 1 [Harv. I 91, 2]; on the ascension s. CHönn, Studien zur Geschichte der Hf. im klass. Altertum: Progr. Mannheim 1910; EPfister, Der Reliquienkult im Altertum II 1912, 480ff; HDiels, Himmels u. Höllenfahrten v. Homer bis Dante: NJklA 49, 1922, 239–53; RHolland, Zur Typik der Himmelfahrt: ARW 23, 1925, 207–20; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32, 533 [ind.: Ascensus]; WMichaelis, Zur Überl. der Hf.s-geschichte: ThBl 4, 1925, 101–9; AFridrichsen, D. Hf. bei Lk: ibid. 6, 1927, 337–41; GBertram, Die Hf. Jesu vom Kreuz: Deissmann Festschr. 1927, 187–217 [UHolzmeister, ZKT 55, ’31, 44–82]; HSchlier, Christus u. d. Kirche im Eph 1930, 1ff; VLarrañaga, L’Ascension de Notre-Seigneur dans le NT ’38 [fr. Spanish]. S. also at ἀνάστασις 2 end, and διά A 2a) to live there in glory: Mk 16:19; Lk 24:51; Ac 1:10f (AZwiep, The Ascension of the Messiah in Lukan Christology ’97); 2:34; 7:55f; 9:3; 22:6; 1 Pt 3:22; 15:9. Christians await his return fr. heaven: Ac 1:11; Phil 3:20; 1 Th 1:10; 4:16; 2 Th 1:7 (Just., A I, 51, 8 al.).—When Messianic woes have come to an end, τότε φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ υἱοῦ τ. ἀνθρώπου ἐν οὐρανῷ then the sign of the Human One (who is) in heaven will appear; acc. to the context, the sign consists in this, that he appears visibly in heavenly glory Mt 24:30.—Lampe s.v. 10b.ⓒ as the abode of angels (Gen 21:17; 22:11; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 8, 12; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 34 [Stone p. 8]; ParJer 3:2; ApcMos 38; Just., D. 57, 2) Mt 18:10a; 22:30; 24:36; 28:2; Mk 12:25; 13:32; Lk 2:15; 22:43; J 1:51; Gal 1:8; Rv 10:1; 18:1; 19:14; 20:1. Cp. Eph 3:15.—Lampe s.v. 7.ⓓ Christians who have died also dwell in heaven (cp. Dio Chrys. 23 [40], 35 οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ θείων κ. μακαρίων αἰώνιον τάξιν; Libanius, Or. 21 p. 459, 9 F. πόρρω τοῦ τὸν οὐρανὸν οἰκοῦντος χοροῦ; Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 33, 5; 12; Artem. 2, 68 p. 160, 25 τὰς ψυχὰς ἀπαλλαγείσας τῶν σωμάτων εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνιέναι τάχει χρωμένας ὑπερβάλλοντι; Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 23: the daemon of the dead holds the σῶμα of the dead person, τὴν ψυχὴν ὁ οὐρανός; Quintus Smyrn. 7, 88; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 26 [Stone p. 54]; TestJob 39:13; ApcEsdr 7:3). Their life, τὸ ἀληθῶς ἐν οὐρανῷ ζῆν, stands in strong contrast to the ὄντως θάνατος, that leads to the everlasting fire Dg 10:7b. Rhoda, who greets Hermas from heaven Hv 1, 1, 4, need not have died (s. MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.), and still she shows us that heaven is open to the devout. Furthermore, the true citizenship of Christians is in heaven (Tat. 16, 1 τὴν ἐν οὐρανοῖς πορείαν; s. πολίτευμα) Phil 3:20; cp. Dg 5:9. Their names are enrolled in heaven (s. βίβλος 2) Lk 10:20; Hb 12:23. In heaven there await them their glorified body 2 Cor 5:1f, their reward Mt 5:12; Lk 6:23, their treasure Mt 6:20; Lk 12:33, the things they hoped for Col 1:5, their inheritance 1 Pt 1:4. It is a place of peace Lk 19:38.—ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ the New Jerusalem (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα 2) will come down to earth Rv 3:12; 21:2, 10.ⓔ The concept of a heaven in which God, attendant spirits of God, and the righteous dead abide, makes it easy to understand the taking over of certain OT expressions in which heaven is personified εὐφραίνεσθε οἱ οὐρανοί (cp. Is 44:23; 49:13; Mel., P. 98, 747) Rv 12:12; cp. 18:20; 9:3 (Is 1:2); 11:2 (Jer 2:12); 1 Cl 27:7 (Ps 18:2).③ an indirect reference to God, God fig. ext. of 2 (s. βασιλεία 1b.—A common Hebrew practice, but not unknown among polytheists: Philippides Com. [IV/III B.C.] 27 νὴ τὸν οὐρανόν. Acc. to Clem. Al., Protr. 5, 66, 4 Θεόφραστος πῇ μὲν οὐρανὸν, πῇ δὲ πνεῦμα τὸν θεὸν ὑπονοεῖ=Theophrastus at one time thinks of God as heaven and at another time as spirit; Appian, Hann. 56 §233 σημεῖα ἐκ Διός [ln. 14 Viereck-R.]=ἐξ οὐρανοῦ [ln. 16]; JosAs 19:2; SEG XXVIII, 1251, 3 [III/IV A.D.; s. New Docs 3, 49f]). ἁμαρτάνειν εἰς τὸν οὐρ. sin against God Lk 15:18, 21. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30f; Lk 20:4f. βασιλεία τῶν οὐρ. (GrBar 11:2) in Mt=βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ 3:2; 4:17; 5:3, 10, 19f; 7:21; 8:11; 10:7; 11:11f; 13:11, 24, 31, 33, 44f, 47, 52; 16:19; 18:1, 3f, 23; 19:12, 14, 23; 20:1; 22:2; 23:13; 25:1: J 3:5 v.l.; AcPl Ha 8, 31 (restored)=BMM verso 3.—B. 53; 1484. DELG. M-M. DLNT 439–43. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
10 valer
intj.that's enough.m.worth, value.v.1 to cost (costar) (price).¿cuánto vale? how much does it cost?, how much is it?este cuadro vale mucho dinero this painting is worth a lot of money2 to earn.su generosidad le valió el afecto de todos her generosity earned her everyone's affectionesta victoria puede valerles el campeonato this win may be enough for them to take the championshipaquello nos valió muchos disgustos that cost us a lot of troubleSu obra le valió un gran premio Her work earned her a great reward.3 to deserve.esta noticia bien vale una celebración this news deserves a celebration4 to be good (tener valor, merecer aprecio) (persona, obra).la obra vale poco/no vale (nada) the play isn't up to much/is no good at allhacer valer algo to assert something (derechos, autoridad)hacerse valer to show one's worth5 to be valid (ser válido) (documento, norma).6 to be worth, to cost.7 to be of value, to be valuable.* * *Present Indicativevalgo, vales, vale, valemos, valéis, valen.Future IndicativeConditionalPresent SubjunctiveImperative* * *verb1) to cost2) be worth3) be valid•* * *Para la frase valer la pena, ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO TRANSITIVO1) (=costar) to costsolo el vuelo ya vale 8.000 euros — the flight alone costs 8,000 euros
¿cuánto vale?, ¿qué vale? — how much is it?, how much does it cost?
2) (=tener un valor de) to be worth- no vale un higo o un pimiento- vale lo que pesa en oro3) (=ser causa de) [+ premio] to win; [+ críticas, amenazas] to earnla final histórica que le valió a Brasil la copa del mundo — the famous final in which Brazil won the world cup
esa tontería le valió un rapapolvo — that piece of stupidity got o earned him a telling-off
su ausencia le valió la pérdida del contrato — his absence lost o cost him the contract
4) (Mat) (=equivaler a) to equal5) (=proteger)¡válgame (Dios)! — oh, my God!, God help me!
2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) (=costar)este coche vale muy caro — this car is very expensive o costs a lot of money
¿vale mucho? — is it very expensive?
2) (=tener valía)vale mucho como intérprete — he's an excellent o first-rate interpreter
su última película no vale gran cosa — his latest film is not up to much o is not much good
•
hacer valer, hizo valer su derecho al veto — he exercised his veto•
hacerse valer — to assert o.s.cada cupón vale por un paquete de azúcar — each coupon is worth o can be exchanged for one bag of sugar
cuatro fichas azules valen por una negra — four blue counters equal o are worth one black one
3) (=servir)a) [herramienta, objeto] to be useful•
eso no vale — that's no good o useya no me vale — it's no good o use to me now
este destornillador no me vale porque es pequeño — this screwdriver is no good to me, it's too small
•
valer para algo, es viejo, pero vale para la lluvia — it's old, but it'll do for when it rainsb) [ropa]este sombrero me vale aún — I can still wear o use this hat
me vale la ropa de mi hermana — my sister's clothes do for *o fit me as well
a mi hijo no le vale la ropa del año pasado — the clothes my son wore last year are too small for him now
c) [situación]no le valdrán excusas — excuses won't help him o do him any good
d) [persona]el chico no vale para el trabajo — the boy is no good o not right for the job
4) (=ser válido) [documento] to be valid; [moneda, billete] to be legal tendereste tipo de pasaporte no vale desde hace un mes — they stopped using this type of passport a month ago
está un poco chiflado, valga la expresión — he's a bit cracked, for want of a better way of putting it
¡no hay... que valga! —
pero I, 2., 2), redundancia-¡pero querido! -¡no hay querido que valga! — "but darling!" - "don't darling me!" *
5)• más vale, más vale así — it's better this way
- mañana te devuelvo el dinero -más te vale — "I'll give you the money back tomorrow" - "you'd better!"
más vale que me vaya — I'd o I had better go
más vale que te lleves el abrigo — you'd o you had better take your coat
6) ( Esp) (=ser suficiente) to be enoughvale ya, que habéis estado gritando toda la tarde — that's enough! you've been shouting all afternoon
¡vale, vale!, no me eches más azúcar — OK! that's enough! don't put any more sugar in
-¿subo más la persiana? -no, así ya vale — "shall I put the blind up a bit more?" - "no, it's OK like that"
7) * (=estar permitido) to be allowed-¿puedo darle con la mano? -no, eso no vale — "can I hit it with my hand?" - "no, that's not allowed"
no vale empujar — no pushing!, pushing's not allowed
-le han dado el trabajo al hijo del jefe -¡pues, eso no vale! — "they've given the job to the boss's son" - "that's not on!" *o"they can't do that!"
8) vale( Esp) * (=de acuerdo) all right, OK *-¿vamos a tomar algo? -¡vale! — "shall we go for a drink?" - "OK!" o"all right!"
pásate por mi casa esta tarde, ¿vale? — drop by my house this afternoon, OK?
vale que discutan, pero que se peguen es imperdonable — having an argument is one thing but hitting each other is another matter entirely o is inexcusable
9)- me vale madre o sombrilla3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) ( tener un valor de) to be worth; ( costar) to cost¿cuánto valen? — how much are they?, what do they cost?
b) ( equivaler a)si x vale 8 ¿cuánto vale y? — if x is 8, what is the value of y?
¿cuánto vale un dólar en pesos? — how many pesos are there to the dollar?
2) (+ me/te/le etc)a) ( ganar)esta obra le valió un premio — this play earned o won her a prize
b) ( causar)2.valer vi1)a) (+ compl) ( tener cierto valor) to be worth; ( costar) to costvale más, pero es mejor — it costs more but it's better
b) ( equivaler)2) ( tener valor no material)hacer valer algo — < derecho> to assert, enforce
hizo valer su autoridad — he used o imposed his authority
3) ( servir)ésta no vale, es muy ancha — this one's no good, it's too wide
no valer para algo — to be useless o no good at something
valer de algo — (+ me/te/le etc)
sus consejos me valieron de mucho — her advice was very useful o valuable to me
4) vale (Esp fam)a) ( expresando acuerdo) OKvaler! — sure, fine, OK!
¿valer? — OK?, all right?
que llegues tarde una vez valer, pero... — being late once is one thing, but...
b) ( basta)¿valer así? — is that OK o enough?
ya valer ¿no? — don't you think that's enough?
5)más vale: más vale que no se entere she'd better not find out; más vale así it's better that way; (+ me/te/le etc) más te vale ir you'd better go; dijo que vendría - más le vale! he said he'd come - he'd better!; más vale prevenir que curar — better safe than sorry
6)a) ( ser válido) entrada/pasaporte to be valid; jugada/partido to countvalga la comparación — if you know o see what I mean
... y valga la expresión —... for want o lack of a better expression
b) ( estar permitido)eso no vale, estás haciendo trampa — that's not fair, you're cheating
7) (Méx fam)a) ( no importar) (+ me/te/le etc)b) ( no tener valor) to be useless o no good (colloq)c) ) ( estropearse)3.mi coche ya valió — my car's had it (colloq)
valerse v pron1) ( servirse)valerse de algo/alguien — to use something/somebody
se valió de sus apellidos para conseguirlo — he took advantage of o used the family name to obtain it
2) anciano/enfermovalerse solo or por sí mismo — to look after oneself
3) (estar permitido, ser correcto)* * *= be worth, cost, do.Ex. As an inveterate user of the British Museum Library he was able to confirm that 'a library is not worth anything without a catalogue'.Ex. The Mansell pre-1956 imprint catalog, in 604 volumes, is being edited at the rate of 20,000 entries a week, and is costing $1 million per year to edit.Ex. It needs a name, and, to coin one at random, 'memex' will do.----* enterarse (de) lo que vale un peine = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.* hacer valer = vindicate.* hacer valer sus derechos = assert + Posesivo + rights.* hacer valer una idea = enforce + idea.* lo que vale para tí también vale para mí = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.* más vale malo conocido que bueno por conocer = better the devil you know (than the devil you don't).* más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando = a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.* más vale prevenir que curar = a stitch in time saves nine, better (to be) safe than sorry.* más vale que + Subjuntivo = might + as well + Verbo.* más vale tarde que nunca = better late than never.* no haber pero que valer = not take + no for an answer.* no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.* no valer la pena = be no good.* que vale la pena = worthwhile.* todo vale = no holds barred.* una imagen vale más que mil palabras = a picture is worth more than ten thousand words.* una imagen vale mil palabras = every picture tells a story.* vale la mitad = half the price.* vale más vale prevenir que curar = a stitch in time saves nine.* valer el oro y el moro = cost + the earth, cost + an arm and a leg, cost + a pretty penny.* valer la pena = be not for nothing, be worth it, be worthwhile, be worth + the effort, be worth + Posesivo + time.* valer la pena + Infinitivo = be worth + Gerundio, be worth + Gerundio.* valer la pena leer Algo = repay + reading.* valerle la pena a Uno = be worth + Posesivo + while.* valer una fortuna = cost + a fortune.* valer un dineral = cost + an arm and a leg, cost + a fortune.* valer un montón = cost + a bundle.* valer un ojo de la cara = cost + the earth, cost + an arm and a leg, cost + a pretty penny, cost + a fortune.* valer un riñón = cost + an arm and a leg, cost + the earth, cost + a fortune.* ¡Válgame Dios! = goodness gracious.* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) ( tener un valor de) to be worth; ( costar) to cost¿cuánto valen? — how much are they?, what do they cost?
b) ( equivaler a)si x vale 8 ¿cuánto vale y? — if x is 8, what is the value of y?
¿cuánto vale un dólar en pesos? — how many pesos are there to the dollar?
2) (+ me/te/le etc)a) ( ganar)esta obra le valió un premio — this play earned o won her a prize
b) ( causar)2.valer vi1)a) (+ compl) ( tener cierto valor) to be worth; ( costar) to costvale más, pero es mejor — it costs more but it's better
b) ( equivaler)2) ( tener valor no material)hacer valer algo — < derecho> to assert, enforce
hizo valer su autoridad — he used o imposed his authority
3) ( servir)ésta no vale, es muy ancha — this one's no good, it's too wide
no valer para algo — to be useless o no good at something
valer de algo — (+ me/te/le etc)
sus consejos me valieron de mucho — her advice was very useful o valuable to me
4) vale (Esp fam)a) ( expresando acuerdo) OKvaler! — sure, fine, OK!
¿valer? — OK?, all right?
que llegues tarde una vez valer, pero... — being late once is one thing, but...
b) ( basta)¿valer así? — is that OK o enough?
ya valer ¿no? — don't you think that's enough?
5)más vale: más vale que no se entere she'd better not find out; más vale así it's better that way; (+ me/te/le etc) más te vale ir you'd better go; dijo que vendría - más le vale! he said he'd come - he'd better!; más vale prevenir que curar — better safe than sorry
6)a) ( ser válido) entrada/pasaporte to be valid; jugada/partido to countvalga la comparación — if you know o see what I mean
... y valga la expresión —... for want o lack of a better expression
b) ( estar permitido)eso no vale, estás haciendo trampa — that's not fair, you're cheating
7) (Méx fam)a) ( no importar) (+ me/te/le etc)b) ( no tener valor) to be useless o no good (colloq)c) ) ( estropearse)3.mi coche ya valió — my car's had it (colloq)
valerse v pron1) ( servirse)valerse de algo/alguien — to use something/somebody
se valió de sus apellidos para conseguirlo — he took advantage of o used the family name to obtain it
2) anciano/enfermovalerse solo or por sí mismo — to look after oneself
3) (estar permitido, ser correcto)* * *= be worth, cost, do.Ex: As an inveterate user of the British Museum Library he was able to confirm that 'a library is not worth anything without a catalogue'.
Ex: The Mansell pre-1956 imprint catalog, in 604 volumes, is being edited at the rate of 20,000 entries a week, and is costing $1 million per year to edit.Ex: It needs a name, and, to coin one at random, 'memex' will do.* enterarse (de) lo que vale un peine = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.* hacer valer = vindicate.* hacer valer sus derechos = assert + Posesivo + rights.* hacer valer una idea = enforce + idea.* lo que vale para tí también vale para mí = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.* más vale malo conocido que bueno por conocer = better the devil you know (than the devil you don't).* más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando = a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.* más vale prevenir que curar = a stitch in time saves nine, better (to be) safe than sorry.* más vale que + Subjuntivo = might + as well + Verbo.* más vale tarde que nunca = better late than never.* no haber pero que valer = not take + no for an answer.* no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.* no valer la pena = be no good.* que vale la pena = worthwhile.* todo vale = no holds barred.* una imagen vale más que mil palabras = a picture is worth more than ten thousand words.* una imagen vale mil palabras = every picture tells a story.* vale la mitad = half the price.* vale más vale prevenir que curar = a stitch in time saves nine.* valer el oro y el moro = cost + the earth, cost + an arm and a leg, cost + a pretty penny.* valer la pena = be not for nothing, be worth it, be worthwhile, be worth + the effort, be worth + Posesivo + time.* valer la pena + Infinitivo = be worth + Gerundio, be worth + Gerundio.* valer la pena leer Algo = repay + reading.* valerle la pena a Uno = be worth + Posesivo + while.* valer una fortuna = cost + a fortune.* valer un dineral = cost + an arm and a leg, cost + a fortune.* valer un montón = cost + a bundle.* valer un ojo de la cara = cost + the earth, cost + an arm and a leg, cost + a pretty penny, cost + a fortune.* valer un riñón = cost + an arm and a leg, cost + the earth, cost + a fortune.* ¡Válgame Dios! = goodness gracious.* * *vtA1 (tener un valor de) to be worth; (costar) to costno vale mucho dinero it isn't worth much¿cuánto or ( crit) qué valen esas copas? how much are those wineglasses?, what do those wineglasses cost?pide $2.000 por el cuadro — pues no los vale she wants $2,000 for the picture — well, it's not worth thatese chico vale lo que pesa (en oro) that kid's worth his weight in gold2(equivaler a): si x vale 8 ¿cuánto vale y? if x is 8, what is the value of y?¿cuánto vale un dólar en pesos? how much is a dollar worth in pesos?, how many pesos are there to the dollar?B (+ me/te/le etc)(ganar): le valió una bofetada it earned him a slap in the faceesta obra le valió el premio nacional de literatura this play earned o won her the national literature prizeC(causar): aquellas declaraciones le valieron un gran disgusto that statement brought him a lot of trouble o caused a lot of trouble for him■ valerviAes de bisutería, vale muy poco it's costume jewelry, it's worth very littlevale más caro pero es mejor it costs more o it's more expensive but it's better2 (equivaler) valer POR algo to be worth sthcada cupón vale por un regalo each voucher is worth a gift o can be exchanged for a giftlas fichas negras valen por 50 pesos y las rojas por 100 the black chips are worth 50 pesos and the red ones 100B(tener valor no material): ha demostrado que vale he has shown his worth o how good he ises buena persona pero como profesor no vale nada he's a nice guy but as a teacher he's useless o he's a dead loss ( colloq)vales tanto como él you're as good as he isno valgo nada para el I mean nothing to himella es preciosa pero él no vale nada she's very pretty but he's not much to look at o not very good-lookingpara esos fanáticos la vida no vale nada those fanatics place no value at all on life, life has no value for those fanaticssu última novela no vale gran cosa her latest novel isn't much good o ( colloq) isn't up to muchhacerse valer to assert oneselfaprende a hacerte valer learn to be more assertive o to assert yourself o ( colloq) to stick up for yourselfhacer valer algo: las minorías tienen que hacer valer sus derechos minorities must assert o enforce their rightshizo valer su autoridad he used o imposed his authoritymás vale un `toma' que dos `te daré' a bird in the hand is worth two in the bushC1(servir): ésta no vale, es muy ancha this one's no good o no use, it's too widevaler PARA algo:no valgo para el deporte I'm useless o no use o no good at sport¡no vales para nada! you're completely useless(+ me/te/le etc): no le valió de nada protestar protesting got him nowhere, his protests were to no availsus consejos me han valido de mucho her advice has been very useful o valuable to me2( Esp fam) «ropa/zapatos» (+ me/te/le etc): este abrigo ya no le vale this coat is no use to him any morelos zapatos todavía le valen her shoes are still OK1 (expresando acuerdo) OK¿nos encontramos en la cafetería? — ¡valer! shall we meet in the cafeteria? sure o fine o OK!paso a buscarte a las ocho, ¿valer? I'll pick you up at eight, OK o all right?voy a llegar un poco más tarde — valer, no te preocupes I'll be a bit late — all right o OK, don't worryque llegues tarde una vez valer, pero tres días seguidos … being late once is one thing, but three days in a row …2(basta): ¿valer así o quieres más? is that OK o enough or do you want some more?¡valer, valer, que no me quiero emborrachar! hey, that's enough o plenty! I don't want to get drunk!ya valer, ¿no? lleváis media hora discutiendo don't you think that's enough? you've been arguing for half an hourEmás vale: más vale que no se entere she'd better not find outmás vale que hagas lo que te dice you'd better do as he saysse van a divorciar — más vale así they're getting divorced — it's better that way o it's the best thing for them(+ me/te/le etc): más te vale terminar a tiempo you'd better finish in timedijo que vendría temprano — ¡más le vale! he said he'd be here early — he'd better be!más vale prevenir que curar or ( Méx) lamentar prevention is better than cureF1 (ser válido) «billete/pasaporte/carné» to be validese pase no vale, está caducado that pass isn't valid o is no good, it's out of datelas entradas valen para toda la semana the tickets are valid for the whole week, the tickets can be used throughout the weekesta partida no vale, me ha visto las cartas this game doesn't count, he's seen my cardslo que le dije a él también vale para ti what I told him goes for you toono hay excusa que valga I don't want to hear o I won't accept any excuseshe tomado la decisión y no hay discusión que valga I've made my decision and I don't want any argumentsvalga la comparación if you know o see what I meanse comporta como un `nuevo millonario', valga la expresión he behaves like some sort of `nouveau millionaire', for want o lack of a better expression2(estar permitido): eso no vale, estás haciendo trampa that's not fair, you're cheatingno vale mirar you mustn't look, you're not allowed to lookG1( Méx fam) (no importar) (+ me/te/le etc): a mí eso me vale I don't give a damn about that ( colloq), I couldn't o ( AmE) I could care less about that ( colloq)eso me vale gorro or ( vulg) madres or ( vulg) una chingada I don't give a damn ( colloq) o ( vulg) a shitsaben mucha teoría pero a la hora de la hora valen they know plenty of theoretical stuff but when it comes to the crunch they're useless o no goodse las da de muy muy pero la neta es que vale gorro or ( vulg) madres he likes to make out he's really something but the truth is he's useless o (sl) he's crap3■ valerseA (servirse) valerse DE algo/algn to use sth/sbse valió de sus apellidos para conseguir el crédito he took advantage of o used the family name to get the loanse vale de mentiras para lograr lo que quiere she lies to get what she wantsse valía de un bastón para andar he used a stick to help him walkB«anciano/enfermo»: ya no se vale solo or no puede valerse por sí mismo he can't take care of o look after himself any more, he can't manage o cope on his own any moreC(AmC, Méx, Ven) (estar permitido, ser correcto): no se vale golpear abajo del cinturón hitting below the belt is not allowed¡no se vale! that's not fair!* * *
valer ( conjugate valer) verbo transitivo
1 ( tener un valor de) to be worth;
( costar) to cost;◊ ¿cuánto valen? how much are they?, what do they cost?
2 (+ me/te/le etc) ( ganar):◊ esta obra le valió un premio this play earned o won her a prize
verbo intransitivo
1 (+ compl) ( tener cierto valor) to be worth;
( costar) to cost;◊ vale más, pero es mejor it costs more but it's better;
cada cupón vale por un regalo each voucher is worth a gift
2 ( tener valor no material):
como profesor no vale (nada) as a teacher he's useless;
vales tanto como él you're as good as he is;
hacerse valer to assert oneself;
hacer valer algo ‹ derecho› to assert o enforce sth
3 ( servir):◊ esta no vale, es muy ancha this one's no good, it's too wide;
no le valió de nada protestar protesting got him nowhere;
no valer para algo to be useless o no good at sth
4◊ vale (Esp fam)
◊ ¿a las ocho? — ¡vale! at eight o'clock? — sure o fine o OK?;
¿vale? OK?, all right?b) ( basta):◊ ¿valer así? is that OK o enough?
5◊ más vale: más vale así it's better that way;
más te vale ir you'd better go
6
[jugada/partido] to countb) ( estar permitido):◊ eso no vale, estás haciendo trampa that's not fair, you're cheating;
no vale mirar you're not allowed to look
7 (Méx fam)a) ( no importar):◊ a mí eso me vale I don't give a damn about that (colloq)
c) ( estropearse):◊ mi coche ya valió my car's had it (colloq)
valerse verbo pronominal
1 ( servirse) valerse de algo/algn to use sth/sb
2 [anciano/enfermo]:
3 (estar permitido, ser correcto):
¡no se vale! that's not fair!
valer
I verbo transitivo
1 (tener precio, costar) to cost
2 (tener valor) to be worth ➣ Ver nota en worth
3 (ser causa o motivo de) to earn: el suspenso le valió una reprimenda, he was told off for failing
4 (merecer) to be worth: vale la pena leerlo, it is worth reading
II verbo intransitivo
1 (ser meritorio) es una mujer que vale mucho, she is a fine woman
2 (ser útil, capaz) vale para rastrillar hojas, it is used to rake up leaves
no vale para estudiar, he is no good at studying
de nada vale quejarse, it is useless to complain
3 (ropa, zapatos) to fit: ya no me vale, it doesn't fit me anymore
' valer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
pena
- potosí
- riñón
- significar
- real
- valdré
- vale
- valga
English:
assert
- fit
- pay off
- stake
- stand
- worth
- enforce
- pay
- stick
- worthless
* * *♦ vt1. [costar] [precio] to cost;[tener un valor de] to be worth;¿cuánto vale? how much does it cost?, how much is it?;¿cuántos pesos vale un dólar?, ¿cuánto vale un dólar en pesos? how many pesos are there to the dollar?;este cuadro vale mucho dinero this painting is worth a lot of money;valer su peso en oro to be worth its/his/ etc weight in gold2. [suponer] to earn;su generosidad le valió el afecto de todos her generosity earned her everyone's affection;esta victoria puede valerles el campeonato this win may be enough for them to take the championship;aquello nos valió muchos disgustos that cost us a lot of trouble3. [merecer] to deserve;esta noticia bien vale una celebración this news calls for a celebration4. [en exclamaciones]¡válgame Dios! good God o heavens!♦ vi1. [tener valor, merecer aprecio] [persona, película, obra] to be good;él era el que más valía en el equipo he was the most valuable member of the team;ha demostrado que vale he's shown his worth;el muchacho vale mucho the lad's very good;su mujer vale más que él his wife's worth more than him;la obra vale poco/no vale nada the play isn't worth much o Br isn't up to much/is no good at all;hacer valer algo [derechos, autoridad, poder] to assert sth;el equipo local hizo valer su superioridad the home team made its superiority count;hacerse valer to show one's worthtíralo, ya no vale throw it away, it's no use any more;¿te vale este martillo/este sobre? is this hammer/this envelope any use to you?;valer de algo: sus consejos me valieron de mucho her advice proved of great value o use to me;de nada le valdrán o [m5] no le valdrán de nada sus artimañas all his tricks will be no good o of no use to him;¿de qué vale contratar un seguro si no cubre estos casos? what's the use of o the point in taking out an insurance policy if it doesn't cover cases like these?;valer para algo [objeto, instrumento, aparato] to be for sth;[persona, trabajador] to be good at sth;¿para qué vale? [cosa] what's it for?;no vale para nada he's/she's/it's useless;yo no valgo para mentir I'm useless o no good at telling lies3. [ser válido] [documento, carnet, argumentos, norma] to be valid;[respuesta] to be correct;eso no vale [en juegos] that's not allowed;no me valen esas razones I don't consider those reasons to be acceptable o valid;esta moneda ya no vale this coin is no longer legal tender;vale el gol the goal stands;vale la canasta the basket still counts;no vale el gol/la canasta the goal/basket has been disallowed;esta carrera vale para el campeonato del mundo this race counts towards the world championship;valga la expresión if you'll pardon the expression;valga la redundancia if you'll forgive me for using two words that sound so similar in the same sentence;no hay … que valga: no hay disculpa que valga there are no excuses4. [equivaler]vale por 1.000 pesos it's worth 1,000 pesos;vale por una camiseta de regalo it can be exchanged for a free T-shirtya no me vale la falda the skirt doesn't fit me any morelo que él piense me vale I couldn't care less what he thinks7.más vale: más vale que te calles/vayas it would be better if you shut up/left;más vale que no trate de engañarnos he'd better not try to cheat us;la llamaré – ¡más te vale! I'll call her – you'd better!;más vale tarde que nunca better late than never♦ nmFormal worth, value* * *I v/t1 be worth2 ( costar) costII v/i:vale mucho it’s worth a lot4 ( servir) be of use;no valer para algo be no good at sth;sus consejos me valieron de mucho his advice was very useful to me5 ( costar):¿cuánto vale? how much is it?;vale más caro it’s more expensive6 ( emplear):hacer valer autoridad assert;el presidente hizo valer su voto de calidad para … the president used his casting vote to …7:más vale … it’s better to …;8:¡vale! okay, sure;¿vale? okay?; ( amenaza) got it?;¡eso no vale! that’s not fair!;¡vale ya!, ¡ya vale! that’s enough!* * *valer {84} vt1) : to be worthvalen una fortuna: they're worth a fortuneno vale protestar: there's no point in protestingvaler la pena: to be worth the trouble2) : to cost¿cuánto vale?: how much does it cost?3) : to earn, to gainle valió una reprimenda: it earned him a reprimand4) : to protect, to aid¡válgame Dios!: God help me!5) : to be equal tovaler vi1) : to have valuesus consejos no valen para nada: his advice is worthless2) : to be valid, to count¡eso no vale!: that doesn't count!3)hacerse valer : to assert oneself4)más vale : it's bettermás vale que te vayas: you'd better go* * *valer vb¿cuánto vale este libro? how much does this book cost?2. (tener el valor) to be worth3. (ganar) to earn4. (servir) to do / to be useful5. (tener cualidades) to be goodesa película no vale nada that film is no good / that film is useless6. (ser válido) to be valid7. (ser permitido) to be allowed -
11 त्रि _tri
त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three].-Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151.-2 a third part.-3 three-fourths.-अक्ष a. triocular.-अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57.-अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265.-2 a match- maker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables).-3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या.-अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens.-2 a sort of colly- rium. (-टः) N. of Śiva.-अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry).-अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth.-अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन.-अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively.-अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24.-अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4.-अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds).-अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots.-अब्द a. three years old.-ब्दम् three years taken collectively.-अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak.-अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī-अशीत a. eighty-third.-अशीतिः f. eighty-three.-अष्टन् a. twenty-four.-अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle.-अहः 1 a period of three days.-2 a festival lasting three days.-आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons.-आहिक a.1 performed or produced in three days.-2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever).-3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128.-ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16.-ऐहिक a. having provision for three days.-ककुद् m.1 N. of the moun- tain Trikūṭa.-2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa.-3 the highest, chief.-4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights.-ककुभ् m. Ved.1 Indra.-2 Indra's thunderbolt.-कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62.-कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish.-करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another.-कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa).-काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary.-कायः N. of Buddha.-कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the pre- sent, and the future; or morning, noon and evening.-2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.)1 a divine sage, seer.-2 a deity.-3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m.1 a Buddha.-2 an Arhat (with the Jainas).-कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5.-कूटम् sea-salt.कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges.-कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle.(-णः) 1 a triangle.-2 the vulva.-खम् 1 tin.-2 a cucumber.-खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bed- steads taken collectively.-क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax.-गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below.-गत a.1 tripled.-2 done in three days.-गर्ताः (pl.)1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the north- west of India.-2 the people or rulers of that country.-3 a particular mode of calculation.-गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton.-2 a woman in general.-3 a pearl.-4 a kind of cricket.-गुण a.1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1.-2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25.-3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways.-णाः m. (pl.) the three quali- ties or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1.(-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.).-2 an epithet of Durgā.-गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice.-चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.-चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34.-चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third.-चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three.-जगत् n.-जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmos- phere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59.-जटः an epithet of Śiva.-जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74.-जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon).-जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius.-णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61.-णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27.-णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16.-णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajur- veda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26.-2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17.-णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband).-णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2.-तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpen- ters taken collectively.-दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one.-2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4.-दण्डिन् m.1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3.-2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.-दशाः (pl.)1 thirty.-2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunder- bolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihas- pati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः1 heaven.-2 the mountain Meru.-3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः1 Indra.-2 Śiva.-3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः1 Agni.-2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12.-दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day.-दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3.-2 sky, atmosphere.-3 paradise.-4 happi- ness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः1 an epithet of Indra.-2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा1 the Ganges.-2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62.-दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva.-दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ.-धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up.-धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa;-तुम् 1 the triple world.-2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours.-धामन् m.1 N. of Viṣṇu.-2 of Vyāsa;-3 of Śiva.-4 of Agni.-5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2.-धारा the Ganges.-नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72.- नवत a. ninety-third.-नवतिः f. ninety three.-नयना Pārvat&imacr.-नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26.-नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon.-नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree.-पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen.-पञ्चाश a. fiftythird.-पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three.-पुटः glass (काच).-पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect.-2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines.-पत्रकः the Palāśa tree.-पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world.-2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99.-पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved.1 Viṣṇu.-2 fever (personified).-पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः...... Śiva. B.22. 62.-पदिका 1 a tripod.-2 a stand with three feet.-पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48.-2 the Gāyatrī metre.-3 a tripod.-4 the plant गोधापदी.-परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire.-पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree.-पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure).-2 the figure formed by such intersection.-पाटिका a beak.पाठिन् a.1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama.-2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions.-पादः 1 the Supreme Being.-2 fever.-पाद् a.1 having three feet.-2 con- sisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96.-3 trinomial. (-m.)1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation.-2 the Supreme Being.-पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म).-पुट a. triangular.(-टः) 1 an arrow.-2 the palm of the hand.-3 a cubit.-4 a bank or shore.-पुटकः a triangle.-पुटा an epithet of Durgā.-पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant.-पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes.-पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities.-2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā.(-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi.-2 N. of a country.-पुरुष a1 having the length of three men.-2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestors- father, grand-father and great-grand-father.-पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu.-पौरुष a.1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men.2 offered to three (as oblations).-3 inherited from three (as an estate).-प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut.-फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca- nut, and cloves).-बन्धनः the individual soul.-बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f.1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39.-2 the anus.-बलीकम् the anus.-बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords.-ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश.-भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees.-भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body.-भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation.-भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42.-2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac.-भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29).-भुजम् a triangle.-भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu.-भूमः a palace with three floors.-मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43.-मधु n.-मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee.-2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚).-3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B.-4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B.-मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28.-मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain.-मुखः an epithet of Buddha.-मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्.-मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4.-2 Buddha, or Jina.-मूर्धन् m.1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15.-2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19.-यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134.-यष्टिः a necklace of three strings.-यामकम् sin.-यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22.-2 turmeric.-3 the Indigo plant.-4 the river Yamuṇā.-युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35.-योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, cove- tousness, or infatuation).-रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्.-रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights.-रेखः a conch-shell.-लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective.-2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively.-लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45.-2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6.-लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22.-लोचनः Śiva.(-ना) 1 an unchaste woman.-2 an epithet of Durgā.-लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper.-वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41.-2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak.-3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्.-4 the three higher castes.-5 the three myrobalans.-6 propriety, decorum.-वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively.-वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7.-वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty)-वली the anus.-वारम् ind. three times, thrice.-विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda.-विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.-विध a. of three kinds, three-fold.-विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78.-2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god.-वृत् a.1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42.-2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.)1 a sacrifice.-2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44.-3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire.-वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms).-वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate.-वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34.-2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1.-वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.-शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31.-शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.]-2 the Chātaka bird.-3 a cat.-4 a grass-hopper.-5 a fire- fly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra.-शत a. three hundred.(-तम्) 1 one hundred and three.-2 three hundred.-शरणः a Buddha.-शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा).-शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72.-शालम् a house with three halls or chambers.-शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9.-2 a crown or crest (with three points).-शिरस् m.1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma.-2 an epithet of Kubera.-3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29.-शीर्षः Śiva.-शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.-शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and day- time; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B.-शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.-शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain.-2 a triangle.-शोकः the soul.-षष्टिः f. sixty-three.-ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables.-संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also-त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216.-संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb.-सप्तत a. seventy-third.-सप्ततिः f. seventy-three.-सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21.-सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral.-सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together.-सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12.-सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1.-साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13.-सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27.-साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4.-सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5).-2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185.-स्थली the three sacred places: काशी, प्रयाग, and गया.-स्थानम् the head, neck and chest to- gether; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a.1 having 3 dwelling places.-2 extending through the 3 worlds.-स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15.-सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field).-हायण a. three years old. -
12 sobre
prep.1 on, above, on top of, onto.Un libro sobre el cáncer de pulmón A book on lung cancer...2 on, about, over, referring to.3 on.Un libro sobre el cáncer de pulmón A book on lung cancer...m.envelope.pres.subj.3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: sobrar.* * *1 (encima) on, upon, on top of2 (por encima) over, above3 (acerca de) about, on4 (alrededor de) about, around5 (superioridad en rango) over6 figurado (indica reiteración) upon, after1 (de correo) envelope2 (de sopa etc) packet\irse al sobre familiar to hit the sacksobre manera exceedinglysobre todo above all, especially* * *1. noun m.1) envelope2) packet2. prep.1) on, upon, on top of2) over3) about•* * *ISM1) [para cartas] envelopesobre de paga, sobre de pago — pay packet
2) ** (=cama) bedmeterse en el sobre — to hit the sack *, hit the hay *
3) LAm (=cartera) handbagIIPREP1) (=encima de) onun puente sobre el río Ebro — a bridge across o over the river Ebro
varios policías se abalanzaron sobre él — several policemen jumped on o fell upon him
la responsabilidad que recae sobre sus hombros — the responsibility which rests on o upon his shoulders
tengo que estar sobre él para que lo haga — I have to stand over him to make him do it, I have to keep a constant watch over him to make sure he does it
2) (=por encima de)a) [+ lugar] overb) [con cantidades] above500 metros sobre el nivel del mar — 500 metres o (EEUU) meters above sea level
3) [indicando superioridad] overtiene muchas ventajas sobre los métodos convencionales — it has many advantages over conventional methods
4) [indicando proporción] out of, intres sobre cien — three out of every hundred, three in a hundred
cuatro personas sobre diez no votarían — four out of ten people would not vote, four in every ten people would not vote
5) (Econ) onun aumento sobre el año pasado — an increase on o over last year
6) (=aproximadamente) aboutocupa sobre 20 páginas — it fills about 20 pages, it occupies roughly 20 pages
7) (=acerca de) about, onun libro sobre Tirso — a book about o on Tirso
8) (=además de) in addition to, on top of9)sobre todo — (=en primer lugar) above all; (=especialmente) especially
sobre todo, no perdamos la calma — above all, let's keep calm
* * *I1)a) (Corresp) envelopesobre aéreo or (de) vía aérea — airmail envelope
b) ( envase)un sobre de sopa — a package of soup (AmE), a packet of soup (BrE)
2) (AmL) ( cartera) clutch bagII1) ( indicando posición)a) ( con contacto)letras en azul sobre (un) fondo blanco — blue letters on o upon a white background
b) ( sin contacto) overen el techo justo sobre la mesa — on the ceiling right above o over the table
4.000 metros sobre el nivel del mar — 4,000 meters above sea level
estar sobre alguien — ( vigilar) to check up on somebody
c) ( alrededor de) on3)a) (en relaciones de efecto, derivación, etc) onb) (Com, Fin) onun incremento del 11% sobre los precios del año pasado — an increase of 11% on o over last year's prices
4) ( acerca de) onlegislación sobre impuestos — tax legislation, legislation on taxes
escribió sobre el espinoso tema de... — she wrote on o about the thorny topic of...
5) (Esp) (con cantidades, fechas, horas) around, about (BrE)sobre unos 70 kilos — around o about 70 kilos
6)* * *I1)a) (Corresp) envelopesobre aéreo or (de) vía aérea — airmail envelope
b) ( envase)un sobre de sopa — a package of soup (AmE), a packet of soup (BrE)
2) (AmL) ( cartera) clutch bagII1) ( indicando posición)a) ( con contacto)letras en azul sobre (un) fondo blanco — blue letters on o upon a white background
b) ( sin contacto) overen el techo justo sobre la mesa — on the ceiling right above o over the table
4.000 metros sobre el nivel del mar — 4,000 meters above sea level
estar sobre alguien — ( vigilar) to check up on somebody
c) ( alrededor de) on3)a) (en relaciones de efecto, derivación, etc) onb) (Com, Fin) onun incremento del 11% sobre los precios del año pasado — an increase of 11% on o over last year's prices
4) ( acerca de) onlegislación sobre impuestos — tax legislation, legislation on taxes
escribió sobre el espinoso tema de... — she wrote on o about the thorny topic of...
5) (Esp) (con cantidades, fechas, horas) around, about (BrE)sobre unos 70 kilos — around o about 70 kilos
6)* * *sobre11 = envelope.Ex: A jacket or sleeve is a protective envelope for a sound disc, made of cardboard or paper.
* licencia en sobre hermético = shrink-wrap licence [shrinkwrap licence], shrink-wrapped licence [shrinkwrapped licence].* poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.* sobre acolchado = jiffy bag.* sobre acolchado con burbujas de plástico = bubble bag.* sobre para el control del préstamo = slip holder pocket.* sopa de sobre = instant soup, packet soup.sobre2= about, on, on top of, onto, over, surrounding, the way in which, upon, atop.Ex: His report contains sufficient information about a set of events and the people involved to allow for careful, systematic investigation.
Ex: Efforts are being made in the direction of an international consensus on the definition and treatment of corporate authorship.Ex: Cards are superimposed, one on top of another, and carefully aligned.Ex: When one is in place, the depression of a lever causes it to be photographed onto the next blank space.Ex: The conventional name of a government is the geographic name of the area over which the government has jurisdiction.Ex: This section, then, will review the basic problems surrounding the choice of form of headings for persons.Ex: Recommendations relating to analytical cataloguing practices concern themselves primarily with the way in which the part of a document or work to be accessed is described.Ex: Taube's original system relied upon 'uniterms' or one concept terms.Ex: In Paris, the liberty cap atop the pike became an important icon aimed against the fading tyranny of the ancien regime.* sobre ascuas = in suspense.* sobre base de arena = sand-based.* sobre + Cantidad = around + Cantidad.* sobre disco = ondisc.* sobre el automóvil = automotive.* sobre ello = thereupon [thereon].* sobre el papel = in intent, nominally.* sobre el que se están haciendo averiguaciones = under investigation.* sobre el terreno = on the ground.* sobre esta base = on this basis, on that basis.* a partir de esto = on that basis.* sobre forro de tela = cloth-backed.* sobre la base de = in relation to, on the usual basis.* sobre la comedia = comedic.* sobre la marcha = on-the-fly, off the top of + Posesivo + head, right off the bat, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, while-you-wait [while-u-wait], straight away, as you go, right away, at once.* sobre la superficie = above ground.* sobre la tierra = on earth, on the face of the earth, on the ground.* sobre los glaciares = glaciological.* sobre museos = museum-based.* sobre ruedas = on wheels, roll-out, without a hitch.* sobre suelo firme = on firm footing.* sobre todas las cosas = above all things.* sobre todo = above all, above everything else, overwhelmingly, in particular, above all things.* Verbo + sobre todo = Verbo + the most.* y sobre todo = and worst of all.* * *A1 ( Corresp) envelopesobre aéreo or (de) vía aérea airmail envelopesobre de ventanilla window envelope2B ( arg)irse al sobre to hit the sack o the hay ( colloq)1(cuando hay contacto): lo dejé sobre la mesa I left it on the tablelos fue poniendo uno sobre otro she placed them one on top of the othervestía chaqueta a or de cuadros sobre una camisa blanca he wore a checked jacket over a white shirtletras en azul sobre un fondo blanco blue letters on o upon a white backgroundla lluvia que cayó sobre Quito the rain that fell on Quitoprestar juramento sobre los Santos Evangelios to swear on the Holy Biblela población está sobre el Paraná the town is on the Paraná riverse abalanzaron sobre él they leapt on himestamos sobre su pista we're on their trail2 (cuando no hay contacto) overvolaremos sobre Santiago we shall be flying over Santiagose inclinó sobre su lecho de enfermo she leaned o bent over his sick beden el techo justo sobre la mesa on the ceiling right above o over the table4.000 metros sobre el nivel del mar 4,000 meters above sea levelestar sobre algn to check up on sbestá constantemente sobre ella para que estudie he has to keep checking up on her to make sure she studies3 (alrededor de) ongira sobre su eje it spins on its axis4 ( Mat):X/y (en ecuaciones) (read as: x sobre y) X/y (léase: x over y)18/20 (calificación) (read as: 18 sobre 20) 18/20 (léase: 18 out of 20)B(en relaciones de jerarquía): sobre estos representantes tenemos al jefe de zona above these representatives we have the area headsu victoria sobre el equipo local their victory over the local teamamar a Dios sobre todas las cosas love God above all elseC1 (en relaciones de efecto, derivación, etc) onhan tenido mucha influencia sobre él they have had a great influence on himuna opereta sobre libreto de Sierra an operetta with libretto by Sierraun nuevo impuesto sobre las importaciones a new tax on importsun incremento del 11% sobre los precios del año pasado an increase of 11% on o over last year's pricesla hipoteca que pesa sobre la casa the mortgage on the houseprestan dinero sobre alhajas they lend money on jewelrycheque sobre Buenos Aires check payable in Buenos Airescheque girado sobre el Banco de Córdoba check drawn on the Banco de CórdobaD (acerca de) onlegislación sobre impuestos tax legislation, legislation on taxesexisten muchos libros sobre el tema there are many books on the subjectescribió sobre el espinoso tema de … she wrote on o about the thorny topic of …E1(próximo a): el ejército está sobre la ciudad the army is at the gates of the cityllegué muy sobre la hora ( AmS); I only arrived a short time beforehanddebe pesar sobre los 70 kilos he must weigh around o about 70 kilosFsobre todo above alltuvo mucho éxito, sobre todo entre la juventud it was very successful, above all o particularly o especially among young peopleaumentan las presiones políticas, sociales y, sobre todo, económicas the political, social and, above all, economic pressures are growing* * *
Del verbo sobrar: ( conjugate sobrar)
sobré es:
1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo
sobre es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
sobrar
sobre
sobre-
sobrar ( conjugate sobrar) verbo intransitivoa) (quedar, restar):
¿te ha sobrado dinero? do you have any money left?b) ( estar de más):◊ ya veo que sobro aquí I can see I'm not wanted/needed here;
a mí no me sobra el dinero I don't have money to throw around (colloq);
sobra un cubierto there's an extra place
sobre sustantivo masculino
1 (Corresp) envelope
2 (AmL) ( cartera) clutch bag
■ preposición
1 ( indicando posición)
los puso uno sobre otro she placed them one on top of the other;
estamos sobre su pista we're on their trail
en el techo, justo sobre la mesa on the ceiling right above o over the table;
4.000 metros sobre el nivel del mar 4,000 meters above sea level
2 ( en relaciones de jerarquía):
3 ( acerca de) on;◊ hay muchos libros sobre el tema there are many books on o about the subject
4 (Esp) (con cantidades, fechas, horas) around, about (BrE);◊ sobre unos 70 kilos around o about 70 kilos
5
sobrar verbo intransitivo
1 (quedar) to be left (over): si sobra tela hago un cojín, if there's any fabric left, I'll make a cushion
2 (haber en exceso) to be more than enough: nos sobra espacio para ponerlo, we have plenty of room to put it
3 (estar de más, ser innecesario) su marido sobraba en aquella reunión, her husband wasn't wanted at that meeting
sobran las disculpas, there is no need for you to apologize
sobre 1 sustantivo masculino
1 (para meter papeles, cartas) envelope
2 (para sopa) packet
(para medicina, etc) sachet
3 fam hum bed
ir al sobre, to go to bed
sobre 2 preposición
1 (encima de) on, upon, on top of: se puso un chal sobre los hombros, she put a shawl over her shoulders
toda la responsabilidad recae sobre él, the entire responsibility falls on him
2 (por encima) over, above
3 (en torno a, hacia) about: llamaron sobre las seis, they phoned at about six o'clock
4 (a propósito de) about, on: hablaremos sobre ello, we'll talk about it
un libro sobre Napoleón, a book on Napoleón
5 (además de) upon
6 (para indicar el objeto de la acción) ejerce mucha influencia sobre él, he has a lot of influence on him
♦ Locuciones: sobre todo, above all
sobre- pref super-, over-
' sobre' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abalanzarse
- abatirse
- absoluta
- absoluto
- acometer
- acumularse
- advertir
- alertar
- antediluviana
- antediluviano
- ascendiente
- ascua
- aviso
- cábala
- caballería
- carta
- cerrar
- charla
- conferencia
- conversar
- copete
- curso
- dato
- derramar
- descargar
- desconocimiento
- deslizarse
- dictaminar
- discusión
- discutir
- disertar
- dispar
- disputar
- documentación
- documentarse
- elevarse
- en
- encima
- encogerse
- entrañas
- especialmente
- estabilizador
- estabilizadora
- estándar
- estimativa
- estimativo
- eurócrata
- extendida
- extendido
- fantasma
English:
about
- above
- act on
- aerial
- alive
- all
- array
- article
- assert
- background
- balance
- basis
- bear down on
- bob
- brain
- bridge
- call
- capital gains tax
- card
- cast
- chiefly
- client
- comfortably
- concise
- confer
- consult
- contention
- converse
- credit bureau
- dab
- dark
- deal with
- debate
- deduction
- definition
- deliberate
- denunciation
- develop
- diary
- differ
- discuss
- dispute
- disseminate
- dissertation
- dive
- double back
- dubious
- enclose
- enclosure
- enlarge
* * *sobre1 nm1. [para cartas] envelope2. [para alimentos, medicamentos] sachet, packet4. Am [bolsa] clutch bag♦ prep1. [encima de] on (top of);el libro está sobre la mesa the book is on (top of) the table;aún hay nieve sobre las montañas there's still snow on the mountains;fui apilando las tejas una sobre otra I piled the tiles up one on top of the other;una cruz roja sobre fondo blanco a red cross on o against a white background;varios policías saltaron sobre él several policemen fell upon him;seguimos sobre su pista we're still on her trail;Andes, RPsobre la hora: ¿tomamos algo antes de que subas al tren? – imposible, ya estoy sobre la hora shall we have a bite to eat before you catch the train? – I can't, I'm already tight for time;llegamos muy sobre la hora we arrived with very little time to spare2. [por encima de] over, above;el puente sobre la bahía the bridge across o over the bay;en estos momentos volamos sobre la isla de Pascua we are currently flying over Easter Island;la catedral destaca sobre los demás edificios the cathedral stands out over o above the other buildings;a 3.000 metros sobre el nivel del mar 3,000 metres above sea level3. [en torno a] on;la Tierra gira sobre sí misma the Earth revolves on its own axis4. [indica superioridad]su opinión está sobre las de los demás his opinion is more important than that of the others;una victoria sobre alguien a win over sbtiene muchas ventajas sobre el antiguo modelo it has a lot of advantages over the old model;su efecto sobre la quemadura es inmediato its effect on the burn is immediate;no tienen influencia sobre ellos they have no influence over them6. [acerca de] about, on;discuten sobre política they are arguing about politics;un libro sobre el amor a book about o on love;una conferencia sobre el desarme a conference on disarmament7. [aproximadamente] about;llegarán sobre las diez/sobre el jueves they'll arrive at about ten o'clock/around Thursday;tiene sobre los veinte años she's about twenty;los solicitantes deben de ser sobre dos mil there must be about two thousand applicants8. [indica acumulación] upon;nos contó mentira sobre mentira he told us lie upon lie o one lie after another9. [indica inminencia] upon;la desgracia estaba ya sobre nosotros the disaster was already upon us♦ sobre todo loc advabove all;afectó sobre todo a la industria turística it particularly affected the tourist industry;y, sobre todo, no le digas nada a ella and, above all, don't say anything to her* * *I m envelope;sopa de sobre packet soupII prp1 on;sobre la mesa on the table2 ( acerca de):sobre esto about this3 ( alrededor de):sobre las tres around three o’clock4:sobre todo above all, especially* * *sobre nm1) : envelope2) : packetun sobre de sazón: a packet of seasoningsobre prep1) : on, on top ofsobre la mesa: on the table2) : over, above3) : about¿tiene libros sobre Bolivia?: do you have books on Bolivia?4)sobre todo : especially, above all* * *sobre1 n1. (para carta) envelope2. (envoltorio) packet3. (envoltorio pequeño) sachetsobre2 prep1. (encima de) on2. (por encima de) over3. (acerca de, alrededor de) aboutsobre todo above all / especially -
13 el
art.the (in general).el coche the carla casa the houselos niños the childrenel agua/hacha/águila the water/ax/eaglefui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children* * *el1 the■ la Sra. Rodríguez Mrs. Rodríguez2 el de the one4 (cosa) the one, the one that, the one which* * *1. pron.- el que2. art.* * *el; la; los; lasART DEF1) [con nombres de referente único o concreto] the¿está fría el agua? — is the water cold?
¿ha llegado ya el abogado? — has the lawyer arrived yet?
el tío ese — * that chap
2) [en algunos casos no se traduce]a) [con nombres propios]¿qué manda la señora? — what would madam like?
ha llamado el Sr. Sendra — Mr. Sendra called
dáselo a la Luisa — * give it to Luisa
b) [con nombres en sentido genérico]c) [con infinitivo]el hacerlo fue un error — doing it was a mistake, it was a mistake to do it
d) [con cifras, proporciones]ahora gano el 3% más — I now earn 3% more
3) [traducido por el posesivo]4) [con expresiones temporales]5) (=uso distributivo)6) [en exclamaciones]¡el frío que hacía! — it was freezing!
7) [posesivo]•
el de, mi libro y el de usted — my book and yoursel del sombrero rojo — the one with o in the red hat
es un traje bonito, pero prefiero el de Ana — it's a nice suit, but I prefer Ana's
y el de todos los demás — and that of everybody else, and everybody else's
8)•
el que —a) + indicél es el que quiere — it's he who wants to, he's the one who wants to
los que hacen eso son tontos — anyone who does that is a fool, those who do so are foolish
b) + subjun whoeverel que quiera, que lo haga — whoever wants to can do it
* * *[the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]1)a) ( con un referente único) the¿ya vas a la escuela? — do you go to school yet?
el mío/las tuyas — mine/yours
el rojo/último — the red/last one
los nacidos entre... — those born between...
2)a)el + de...: la del sombrero the one with the hat; el de Valencia the one from Valencia; el de las nueve the nine o'clock one; el de Juan/de mi hijo — Juan's/my son's
b)el + que...: el que acaba de entrar the one who's just come in; las que yo ví the ones I saw; los que estén cansados; those who are tired, anyone who's tired; la que te guste whichever you like; el que lo haya hecho — whoever has done it
3) ( en expresiones de tiempo)el mes pasado/que viene — last/next month
4) ( cada)$80 el metro/kilo — $80 a meter/a kilo
5) (con fracciones, porcentajes, números)la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero — half the money/a quarter of the money
el 20% de... — 20% of...
el cuarto piso — the fifth floor (AmE) o (BrE) fourth floor
6) (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc)7) ( con nombres propios)a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc)el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal — Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal
b) ( en plural)en (el) Perú — in Peru; ver África, Argentina, etc
d) ( al calificar)8) el ( con infinitivo)* * *[the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]1)a) ( con un referente único) the¿ya vas a la escuela? — do you go to school yet?
el mío/las tuyas — mine/yours
el rojo/último — the red/last one
los nacidos entre... — those born between...
2)a)el + de...: la del sombrero the one with the hat; el de Valencia the one from Valencia; el de las nueve the nine o'clock one; el de Juan/de mi hijo — Juan's/my son's
b)el + que...: el que acaba de entrar the one who's just come in; las que yo ví the ones I saw; los que estén cansados; those who are tired, anyone who's tired; la que te guste whichever you like; el que lo haya hecho — whoever has done it
3) ( en expresiones de tiempo)el mes pasado/que viene — last/next month
4) ( cada)$80 el metro/kilo — $80 a meter/a kilo
5) (con fracciones, porcentajes, números)la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero — half the money/a quarter of the money
el 20% de... — 20% of...
el cuarto piso — the fifth floor (AmE) o (BrE) fourth floor
6) (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc)7) ( con nombres propios)a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc)el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal — Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal
b) ( en plural)en (el) Perú — in Peru; ver África, Argentina, etc
d) ( al calificar)8) el ( con infinitivo)* * *el2= the, ye.Nota: Forma arcaica.Ex: The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.
Ex: The article 'Ye olde smart card' presents an annotated list of information sources on the credit card industry.* a lo extremo = to the extreme.* aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.* barrio de los ricos = upper town.* de los mejores = as good as any.* el abuelo de = the granddaddy of.* el acabose = the last straw.* el alcance = comprehensiveness.* el amor de + Posesivo + vida = the love of + Posesivo + life.* el año próximo = the year ahead.* el arte de = the art of, the fine art of.* el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.* el auténtico = the real McCoy.* el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.* el bien de = the good of.* el buenazo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.* el bueno de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.* el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.* el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.* el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.* el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.* el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.* el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.* el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.* el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.* el centro de atención + ser = all eyes + be + on.* el charco = the big pond.* el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.* el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.* el colmo = the last straw.* el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.* el copón = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.* el corazón de = the heart of.* el crecimiento de = the rising tide of.* el cual = which.* el de = that in, that of.* el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* el día del Juicio Final = the Day of Judgement.* El Diluvio = the Flood.* el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.* el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.* el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.* el dinero no crece en los árboles = money doesn't grow on trees.* el doble = twice + as many.* el doble de = twice + the number of.* El Dorado = El Dorado.* el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.* el entonces + Nombre = the then + Nombre.* el espíritu de la época = the spirit of the times.* el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].* el evitar = avoidance.* el éxito genera éxito = success breeds success (SBS).* el éxito llama al éxito = success breeds success (SBS).* el final de = the close of.* el final de los problemas = the light at the end of the tunnel.* el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.* el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.* el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.* el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.* el fruto de + Nombre = the fruit of + Nombre.* el futuro = the way ahead, the way of the future.* el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.* el Gato con Botas = Puss in Boots.* el grado de = the extent of.* el grado de + Nombre = the breadth and depth of + Nombre.* el grado en que = the extent to which.* el gran hermano = big brother.* el guapo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.* el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).* el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....* el hombre de la calle = the average Joe.* el hombre no es una isla = no man is an island.* el hombre propone y Dios dispone = Man proposes, God disposes.* el impulsor de = the power behind.* el interés público = the public interest.* El Juicio Final = The Last Judgement.* el lastre de = the shackles of.* el llevar = carrying.* el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.* El Mago de Oz = The Wizard of Oz, The Wizard of Oz.* el más = all-time.* el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.* el más allá = hereafter.* el más bajo = rock-bottom.* el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.* el más leído = the most widely read.* el más recomendado = best of breed, the.* el Mediterráneo = Mediterranean Sea, the, the Med.* el mejor = best of breed, the.* el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.* el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.* el mejor modo de = the best way of.* el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.* el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.* el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.* el mentir = lying.* el mes pasado = last month.* el mío = mine.* el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).* el mismo número = as many.* el modo como = the way in which.* el modo de = the way in which.* el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.* el momento preciso = the point in time at which.* el motor de = the power behind.* el movimiento se demuestra andando = actions speak louder than words.* el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.* el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.* el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.* el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.* el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.* el + Nombre + correcto al + Nombre + adecuado en el momento oportuno = the right + Nombre + to the right + Nombre + at the right time.* el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.* el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.* el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* el nuevo aspecto de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.* el orgullo de = showpiece.* el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.* el padre de = the father of.* el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.* el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.* el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.* el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.* el peso de = brunt of, the.* el populacho = the great unwashed.* el porqué de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.* el portavoz de = the voice of.* el presente = thisness.* el primer intento = the first time around.* el primer + Nombre = the earliest + Nombre.* el primero mencionado = former.* el principal = the number one.* el principio de = the dawn of.* el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.* el principio de + Mes/Estación = early + Mes/Estación.* el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* el problema obvio = the elephant in the room.* el proletariado = the great unwashed.* el pulmón de = the heart of.* el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.* el que = that, the one.* el que aprende = learner.* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.* el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].* el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.* el que no llora, no mama = the squeaky (squeaking) wheel gets the grease (the oil/oiled).* el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.* el que pregunta = inquirer [enquirer, -UK].* el quid de la cuestión = the crux of the problem, the crux of the matter.* el registro de los registros = record-of-record.* el registro modelo = record-of-record.* el resto = rest, the.* el resto (de) = the remainder (of), the rest (of).* El Salvador = El Salvador.* el segundo mencionado = latter.* el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.* el ser barato = cheapness.* el siguiente no, el otro = next but one.* el sitio adecuado en el momento adecuado = the right place at the right time.* el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.* el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.* el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.* el súmmum = the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* el tamaño de = the extent of.* el tema de la discusión = the focus of the discussion.* el tema del debate = the focus of the discussion.* el tiempo de Algo = in season.* el tiempo es oro = time is money.* el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.* el tiempo vuela = time flies (by).* el tipo de = the range of.* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.* el total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.* el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.* el transcurso del tiempo = as time goes by.* el último citado = latter.* el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* el último + Nombre = the latest + Nombre.* el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.* el único = the one and only.* el único e incomparable = the one and only.* el único e inimitable = the one and only.* el único problema = a fly in the soup, the fly in the ointment.* el verdadero = the real McCoy.* el verdadero problema = the elephant in the room.* el ver televisión = television viewing.* el viejo = the elder.* el vulgo = the great unwashed.* el yugo de = the shackles of.* espicharlas = kick + the bucket.* la = the, ye.* la alternativa + ser = the alternative + be.* la belleza es superficial = beauty is only skin deep.* La Biblioteca Responde = Ask the Library.* la Biblioteca y el Archivo de Canadá = Library and Archives Canada.* la buena noticia = the good news.* la calidad es nuestro lema = quality is our middle name.* la calma que precede a la tormenta = the lull before the storm.* la cambiante fisonomía de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.* la caridad empieza por uno mismo = charity begins at home.* la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.* la ciudadana media = the average Jane.* la ciudad que nunca duerme = the city that never sleeps.* la clave de = at the heart of.* la clave está en la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* la comunidad en general = the community at large.* la Convención de la Haya de 1954 = the 1954 Hague Convention.* la copa del árbol = the top of the tree.* la cosa es que = the thing is.* la cosa principal = the number one thing.* la crème de la crème = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.* la cruz de = the bane of.* la cuestión es que = the thing is.* la década de los + Número = the + Número + s.* la demanda de = a call for.* la diversidad de = the range of.* la diversidad de + Nombre = the many + Nombre.* la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.* la época de Algo = in season.* la escoria de la sociedad = the gutter.* la espalda de = the back of.* la evidencia = the writing on the wall.* la fe mueve montañas = faith will move mountains.* la filosofía de = the reason behind, the reasoning behind.* la flor de + Nombre = the prime of + Nombre.* la flor y nata = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.* la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.* la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).* la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.* la fuerza de la mayoría = strength in numbers.* la gente decía que = rumour had it that.* la gente dice que = rumour has it that.* la gente se está inquietando = the natives are nervous.* la gente se está poniendo nerviosa = the natives are nervous.* la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.* la gota que colmó el vaso = the straw that broke the camel's back.* la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.* la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.* la historia + repetirse = history + come full circle.* la historia + volverse a repetir = history + come full circle.* la hostia = the cat's pyjamas, the cat's pyjamas, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* la hoz y el martillo = the hammer and sickle.* la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.* la imaginación no tiene límites = your imagination is the limit.* la imitación es la mejor forma de que lo halaguen a uno = imitation is the sincerest form of flattery.* La Isla del Tesoro = Treasure Island.* la joya de = showpiece.* la judicatura = the Bench.* la justicia = the Bench.* la juventud no es cuestión de edad sino de espíritu = you are as old as you feel.* la leche = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.* la luz al final del túnel = the light at the end of the tunnel.* la magistratura = the Bench.* la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.* la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.* la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.* la mar de = a whole slew of.* la mayoría con mucho de = the vast majority of.* la mayoría de = the majority of, most + Nombre, the main bulk of.* la mayoría de la gente = most people, the majority of the people.* la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.* la mayoría de las veces = most of the time, more often than not.* la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.* la mayoría del tiempo = most of the time.* la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.* la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.* la medida en que = the extent to which.* la mejor forma de hacer Algo = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].* la mejor manera = how best.* la mejor manera de = the best way of.* la mejor oferta = the best deal.* la mejor opción = the best bet.* la mejor salida = the best way forward.* la mejor solución = the best way forward.* la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.* la mentira = lying.* la mirada en = eye(s) on.* la misma persona = one and the same person.* la mitad (1/2) = one-half (1/2).* la necesidad agudiza el ingenio = necessity mothers invention.* la ocasión la pintan calva = make + hay while the sun shines.* la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.* la oportunidad de + Posesivo + vida = the opportunity of a lifetime.* la parte de atrás de = the back of.* la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.* la parte más importante = the heart of.* la parte principal de = the bulk of.* la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.* la parte trasera de = the back of.* la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.* la pesadilla de = the bane of.* la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.* la petición de = a call for.* la píldora = the pill.* la plebe = the great unwashed.* la polla = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.* la práctica hace al maestro = practice makes perfect.* la primera tentativa = the first time around.* la primera vez = the first time around.* la proporción mayor de = the lion's share of.* la próxima moda = the next hot thing.* la puntilla = the final/last nail in + Posesivo + coffin.* la que = that, the one.* la razón de ser = the reason for being.* la realidad es que = the fact remains that..., fact is, the fact is (that).* la rehostia = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.* la responsabilidad ahora recae en + Nombre = the ball is in + Posesivo + court.* la responsabilidad es de... = the buck + stops....* la riqueza de = the wealth of.* la ruina de = the bane of.* las = the, ye.* las 24 horas = round the clock, around the clock.* las apariencias engañan = don't judge a book by its cover, there's more to it than meets the eye.* las ataduras de = the shackles of.* las autoridades = the powers-that-be.* las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.* las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.* las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).* las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).* las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.* las cosas + seguir + igual = business + revolve + as usual.* las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.* las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.* las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.* las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.* las cosas + volver + a su punto de partida = the wheel + turn + full circle.* las de = those for.* las doce del mediodía = noon.* la segunda mitad de + Fecha = the latter part of + Fecha.* la segunda opción = the next best choice.* la segunda vez = the second time around.* la semana pasada = last week.* la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.* la situación = the course of events.* la sociedad en general = society at large.* las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.* las profundidades del mar = the deep.* las profundidades del océano = the deep.* las pruebas = the writing on the wall.* las raíces se encuentran = roots + lie.* las raíces se remontan a = roots + lie.* las razones de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.* las Reglas de Cutter para un Catálogo Diccionario = Cutter's Rules for a Dictionary Catalog.* las triquiñuelas de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* la suerte + cambiar = the tide + turn.* la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.* la suerte está echada = the die is cast.* la suma total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.* las uvas están verdes = sour grapes.* las veinticuatro horas = day and night, day or night, night and day.* la temporada de Algo = in season.* la tierra de la abundancia = the land of plenty.* la tierra de las oportunidades = the land of opportunity.* la tira de = a whole slew of.* la tira de tiempo = donkey's years.* la triste realidad es que = the sad fact is (that).* la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* la última vez = last time.* la última vez que = the last time.* la única pega = the fly in the ointment, a fly in the soup.* la unión hace la fuerza = strength in numbers.* la ventaja de = the beauty of.* la ventaja es que = on the positive side, the advantage is that, on the bright side.* la verdad = the lowdown (on).* la verdad es que = if the truth be known, if the truth be told, the fact is (that), fact is.* la verdad es que... = the fact of the matter is that....* la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.* la verdad sea dicha que = if the truth be told.* la Vía Láctea = the Milky Way.* la vida continúa = the show must go on.* la vida + continuar = life + go on.* la vida es así = life's like that.* ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.* la vida + seguir = life + go on.* la víspera de = on the eve of.* la voz de = the voice of.* la voz de la conciencia = the voice within.* la voz de la experiencia = the voice of experience.* la voz de la razón = the voice of reason.* la voz del odio = the voice of hate.* la voz interior = the voice within.* lo absurdo = ridiculousness.* lo adecuado = adequacy.* lo + Adjetivo + que sea/esté = how + Adjetivo.* lo anodino = blandness.* lo anteriormente expuesto = the preceding.* lo apropiado = appropriateness.* lo barato = inexpensiveness.* lo básico = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).* lo bastante elevado = high enough.* lo bastante extenso = adequately scoped.* lo bueno de = the beauty of.* lo bueno es que = the good news is (that)..., on the positive side, on the bright side.* lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.* lo bueno y lo malo = the rights and wrongs.* lo caro = expensiveness.* lo chicano = Chicana.* lo chulo = coolness.* lo cierto es que = fact is, the fact is (that).* lo completo = completeness.* lo completo que Algo está = fullness.* lo creas o no = believe it or not.* lo decisivo = the last word.* lo definitivo = the last word.* lo desagradable = unpleasantness.* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!, you must be kidding!.* lo directo = directness.* lo divertido = the fun part.* lo engorroso de = cumbersomeness.* lo esencial = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).* lo estrafalario = zaniness.* lo estrambótico = zaniness.* lo extenso = comprehensiveness.* lo favorable = propitiousness.* lo hebraico = Hebraica.* lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.* lo importante es lo que eres no cómo te llamas = a rose by any other name.* lo imprescindible = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.* lo incómodo de = cumbersomeness.* lo indefinido = indefiniteness.* lo indirecto = indirectness.* lo indispensable = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.* lo insulso = blandness.* lo interesante = the fun part.* lo judío = Judaica.* lo lindo = cuteness.* lo llano = flatness.* lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.* lo más conveniente es que = optimally.* lo más destacado = highlights.* lo más detestado = pet hate.* lo más importante = most of all, at its core.* lo más interesante = highlights.* lo más mínimo = so much as.* lo más novedoso = the last word.* lo más odiado = pet hate.* lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.* lo más probable es que = most probably.* lo más recio de = brunt of, the.* lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.* lo máximo = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* lo mejor = the top of the tree.* lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.* lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.* lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.* lo mejor de todo = best of all.* lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.* lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....* lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.* lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.* lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.* lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.* lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.* lo menos posible = as little as possible.* lo mínimo = bare minimum, bare necessities, the.* lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.* lo mismo ocurre en el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).* lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.* lo mismo que antes = the same as before.* lo mismo que para = the same as that for.* lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).* lo molesto de = cumbersomeness.* lo mucho que = how extensively.* lo noble = high-mindedness.* lo no convencional = unconventional, the.* lo normal + ser + que = there + be + a tendency (to/for), there + be + a tendency (to/for).* lo oportuno = timeliness.* lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.* lo peor de = brunt of, the.* lo peor del = the armpit of the.* lo pintoresco = quaintness.* lo plano = flatness.* lo poco común = rarity, rareness.* lo poco convencional = unconventional, the.* lo primero = for one, first off.* lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.* lo prometido es deuda = a promise is a promise.* lo propicio = propitiousness.* lo público = publicness.* lo que = that which, what.* lo que aguarda a = what is on store for.* lo que Algo o Alguien se merece, lo que le corresponde, bastante = fair share, fair share.* lo que a uno cura a otro mata = one man's meat is another man's poison.* lo que demuestra que = which (just) goes to show that.* lo que el futuro depara a = what is on store for.* lo que es aun más inquietante = more disturbingly.* lo que es aun más preocupante = more disturbingly.* lo que es aun mejor = better still.* lo que es aun peor = worse still.* lo que es bueno para uno es bueno para otro = what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.* lo que es bueno para uno también es bueno para otro = what's good for the goose is good for the gander.* lo que es más = what is more, what's more.* lo que es más importante = most importantly, more importantly, most of all, most important.* lo que es mejor aun = better still.* lo que es muy importante = importantly.* lo que es peor = what's worse.* lo que es peor aun = worse still.* lo que espera a = what is on store for.* lo que está bien y lo que está mal = rights and wrongs.* lo que existe (en el mercado) = what's out there.* lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.* lo que hay (en el mercado) = what's out there.* lo que hay que hacer = do + the right thing, the way to go.* lo que hay que hacer y lo que hay que evitar = do's and don'ts, rights and wrongs.* lo que le corresponde = fair share.* lo que nos espera = things to come.* lo que quiera que = whatever.* lo que sea = something or other.* lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.* lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.* lo que + ser = what + be like.* lo que se suele pagar = going rate, the.* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.* lo que vale para tí también vale para mí = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.* lo rural = rurality.* los = the, ye.* los 365 días del año = year-round.* los 40 principales = Top 40 singles chart.* los abajo firmantes = the parties hereto.* los acontecimientos = the course of events.* lo sagrado = sacredness.* los albores de = the dawn of.* los años cincuenta = fifties.* los años treinta = thirties.* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = lose + sight of the forest for the trees.* los avatares de la guerra = the tides of war.* los buenos tiempos = the good old days.* los comienzos de = the dawn of.* los constantes cambios de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.* los de = those for, those in.* los demás = rest, the, everybody else.* los detalles de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* los días antes de = leading up to.* los dos = both, both of them, both of which.* los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.* los gobernantes = the powers-that-be.* los hay para dar y regalar = there's one born every minute.* los mandamás = the powers-that-be.* los más necesitados = those most in need.* los más pobres + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.* los menos locuaces = inarticulate, the.* los motivos de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.* los necesitados = the needy.* los orígenes de = the dawn of.* los otros con los que aparece(n) = neighbours [neighbors, -USA].* los peores + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.* los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.* los pormenores de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* Los Principios de París = Paris Principles.* los que = those who.* los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.* los que mandan = the powers-that-be.* los que no han recibido formación específica = uninstructed, the.* los que + Verbo = those + Participio.* los tribunales = the Bench.* lo suficientemente cerca = within range.* lo suficientemente cerca como para oír = within earshot of.* lo suficientemente estúpido como para = dumb enough to.* lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.* lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.* los últimos coletazos = fag-end.* lo sumo = the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks, the cat's pyjamas.* los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.* los viejos tiempos = the good old days.* lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.* lo último = the last word.* lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.* lo vanguardista = cutting edge.* lo yidish = Yiddica.* parmarlas = kick + the bucket.* ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.* * *[ the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or, ha e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]A (con un referente único, conocido o que se define) theel sol the sunel lápiz/la goma/los lápices/las gomas que compré the pencil/the eraser/the pencils/the erasers I boughtno, ése no, el que te presté ayer/el de Julio/el rojo no, not that one, the one I lent you yesterday/Julio's/the red oneen la calle Solís in Solís Streetprefiero el mío/los tuyos I prefer mine/yoursme atendió el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers served meyo soy la arquitecta, ella es lexicógrafa I'm the architect, she's a lexicographeryo fui la que lo rompí or rompió I was the one who broke itlos nacidos entre … those born between …los que faltamos ayer those of us who weren't here yesterday¿cuál es Ardiles? — el del sombrero negro which one's Ardiles? — the one with the black hatun encuentro al que asistieron muchas personalidades a meeting which was attended by many well known peoplela obra de la que or de la cual hablábamos the play we were talking aboutB(con sustantivos en sentido genérico): me encanta la ópera I love operaodio el pescado I hate fishasí es la vida that's life(nosotros) los mexicanos lo sabemos muy bien we Mexicans know only too well¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?en el mar at seaviajar por el espacio to travel in spaceC(en expresiones de tiempo): ocurrió el domingo de Pascua/en el verano del 76 it happened on Easter Sunday/in the summer of '76mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28el mes pasado/que viene last/next monthno trabaja los sábados she doesn't work (on) Saturdaysestudió toda la mañana he studied all morninga las ocho at eight o'clock, at eighta eso de las seis around six o'clockD(cada): lo venden a $80 el kilo/metro they're selling it at $80 a kilo/a meter o at $80 per kilo/meter¿cuánto cuesta el paquete de diez? how much does a packet of ten cost?E(con fracciones, porcentajes, números): me dio la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero she gave me half the money/a quarter of the moneyel 20% de los peruanos 20% of Peruvians(refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc): con las manos en los bolsillos with my/your/his hands in my/your/his pockets¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!tienes la falda sucia your skirt is dirtytienes el suéter puesto al revés you've got your sweater on inside outtiene el pelo largo/los ojos azules he has long hair/blue eyes1(con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc): llamó el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal/el general Santos Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal/General Santos phonedel gran Caruso the Great Caruso2(con nombres de mujeres famosas): la última película de la Monroe Monroe's last movie3(en plural): los Ortega (matrimonio) the Ortegas, Mr and Mrs Ortega; (familia) the Ortegas, the Ortega familya los Josés se les suele llamar Pepe people called José are often known as Pepe4 (fam: en muchas regiones crit)(con nombres de pila): pregúntale a la Carmen/al Ricardo ask Carmen/Ricardo5(con algunos nombres geográficos): en la India in Indiaen (el) Perú in Peru6(al calificar): la España de Franco Franco's Spainel Buñuel que todos conocemos the Buñuel we all knowla Italia del siglo pasado Italy in the last century7(con algunos equipos deportivos): juegan contra el Juventus/el Barcelona they're playing against Juventus/BarcelonaH el(con infinitivo): odiaba el tener que pedírselo he hated having to ask heres cuidadoso y pausado en el hablar he's careful and deliberate in the way he speaksel frenético girar de los bailarines the frenzied spinning of the dancers* * *
Multiple Entries:
el
él
el (pl◊ los), la (pl las) art the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina
1
así es la vida that's life;
(nosotros) los mexicanos we Mexicans;
¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?
las tuyas yours;
el último the last one;
el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers
2a) el + de:
el de las nueve the nine o'clock one;
el de mi hijo my son'sb) el + que:
los que estén cansados;
those who are tired, anyone who's tired;
la que te guste whichever you like
3 ( en expresiones de tiempo):
mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28;
el mes pasado last month;
toda la mañana all morning;
a las ocho at eight o'clock
4 ( cada):◊ $80 el metro/kilo $80 a meter/a kilo, $80 per kilo/meter
5 (con fracciones, porcentajes, números):◊ la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero half the money/a quarter of the money;
el 20% de … 20% of …
6 (con partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc):
¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!;
tiene los ojos azules he has blue eyes
7a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc):◊ el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal;
los Ortega the Ortegas
ver África, Argentina, etc
él pron pers
◊ ¿quién se lo va a decir? — él who's going to tell her? — he is;
lo hizo él mismo he did it himself;
fue él it was him
( refiriéndose a cosas) it;◊ llegué antes que él I arrived before him o before he did;
con/para él with/for him;
son de él they're his
el art def m
1 the
2 (no se traduce) (ante un tratamiento formal) el sr. Gómez, Mr Gomez
(cuando el sustantivo es general) el hambre/tiempo, hunger/time
3 (se traduce por un posesivo) (con partes del cuerpo) se ha cortado el pelo, she's cut her hair
(prendas) se lo metió en el bolsillo, he put it in his pocket
(pertenencias) guarda el diario en el cajón, put your diary into the drawer
4 (con días de la semana) iré el miércoles, I'll go on Wednesday
5 (cuando el sustantivo está elidido) the one: prefiero el azul, I prefer the blue one
el de las diez, the ten o'clock one
el que está en la mesa, the one that's on the table
el que más nos guste, whichever one we like best
(delante de un posesivo) el de María, Maria's
es el mío, it's mine
él pron pers
1 (sujeto) (persona) he
(animal, cosa) it: fue él, it was him, fue él el que..., it was him that... o it was he who...
2 (complemento) (persona) him
(animal, cosa) it
dáselo a él, give it to him, es para él, it's for him
3 (posesivo) de él, his
4 (oración comparativa) ella es mejor que él, she's better than him o she's better than he is
'él' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abajo
- abalanzarse
- abaratarse
- abarquillarse
- abarrotar
- abarrotada
- abarrotado
- abastecimiento
- abatir
- abatimiento
- abdicar
- abierta
- abierto
- abismo
- abogada
- abogado
- abominar
- abominable
- abordar
- aborigen
- aborregarse
- abortar
- abotargada
- abotargado
- abrir
- abreviar
- abrirse
- absoluta
- absoluto
- abstención
- abundancia
- acabar
- acabarse
- acabose
- acallar
- acanallar
- accionariado
- acero
- achacosa
- achacoso
- achatamiento
- achicharrarse
- aclarar
- aclarado
- acomodarse
- acompañar
- acondicionar
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
English:
A
- abandon
- ABC
- ability
- about
- above
- abroad
- abseil
- absence
- absent
- absolute
- absolve
- absorb
- abstract
- academic
- accelerate
- accommodate
- accomplice
- account
- accurately
- accusation
- accused
- accustom
- aching
- act
- act on
- act up
- actual
- actually
- acute
- address
- adequately
- adjourn
- admission
- admit
- advance
- advanced
- advantage
- advantageous
- advise
- advocate
- affair
- afford
- afloat
- afraid
- after
- against
- age
- agenda
- aggregate
* * *el (f la, mpl los, fpl las) art determinado el is used instead of la before feminine nouns which are stressed on the first syllable and begin with “a” or “ha” (e.g. el agua, el hacha). Note that el combines with the prepositions a and de to produce the contracted forms al and del.1. [con valor especificador] the;el coche the car;la casa the house;los niños the children;el agua/hacha/águila the water/axe/eagle;fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the childrenla vida life;el hombre Man, human beings;los derechos de la mujer women's rights;los niños imitan a los adultos children copy adults;el pan es un alimento básico bread is a basic food;la mayoría de la gente no la conoce most people don't know her;vuelve el biquini bikinis are backse quitó los zapatos she took her shoes off;tiene el pelo oscuro he has dark hair;me han robado la maleta my suitcase has been stolen;se dieron la mano they shook handslos domingos vamos al cine we go to the movies (on) Sundays;llegaré el 1 de mayo [escrito] I'll arrive on 1 May;[hablado] I'll arrive on the first of May;son las siete it's seven o'clock;el año pasado/que viene last/next yearel Everest (Mount) Everest;la India India;La Haya The Hague;El Cairo Cairo;la España de la posguerra post-war Spainel señor/el doctor Juárez Mr/Doctor Juárez;los Amaya [matrimonio] Mr and Mrs Amaya, the Amayas;[familia completa] the Amayas, the Amaya family;los Austrias the Hapsburgs;el Hitler español the Spanish Hitler8. [con numerales, porcentajes, fracciones]el siete es mi número de la suerte seven's my lucky number;llegó el tercero he came third;el tercer piso the third floor;un aumento del 30 por ciento a 30 percent increase;la quinta parte (de) a fifth (of);el 20 por ciento (de) 20 percent (of)10. [con complemento especificativo]el/la del sombrero the one with the hat;los/las de azul [cosas] the blue ones;[personas] the ones in blue;he perdido el tren, cogeré el de las nueve I've missed the train, I'll get the nine o'clock one;el de aquí this one here;¿los del parque son amigos tuyos? were those people in the park friends of yours?;prefiero las del escaparate I prefer the ones in the window;los del fondo no se callan the people at the back won't shut upel mío mine;la tuya yours;los suyos theirsel/la mejor the best;es la mejor de la clase she's the best in the class, she's top of the class;los seleccionados realizarán un examen those chosen will sit an exam;el tonto de Ignacio se equivocó that idiot Ignacio got it wronges amante del buen comer she loves good food;me sienta mal el tener que decírtelo I don't like to have to tell you14. [con frases subordinadas][persona] whoever;el/la que [cosa] whichever;los/las que [cosas] whichever;[personas] whoever;coge el/los que quieras take whichever you like;el que más corra whoever runs fastest, the one who runs the fastest;las que quieran venir que levanten la mano those who want to come o anyone who wants to come should put their hand up;el que no te guste no quiere decir que sea malo the fact that you don't like him doesn't make him a bad person15. [con valor enfático]¡la pena que me dio verlo en ese estado! I felt so sorry for him when I saw him in that state!* * *elI art theII pron:el de … that of …;el de Juan Juan’s;el más grande the biggest (one);el que está … the one that is …* * *él pron: he, himél es mi amigo: he's my friendhablaremos con él: we will speak with himel pron, (referring to masculine nouns)1) : the onetengo mi libro y el tuyo: I have my book and yoursde los cantantes me gusta el de México: I prefer the singer from México2)el que : he who, whoever, the one thatel que vino ayer: the one who came yesterdayel que trabaja duro estará contento: he who works hard will be happyel, la art, pl los, las : thelos niños están en la casa: the boys are in the houseme duele el pie: my foot hurts* * *el det1. the¿qué te pareció el libro? what did you think of the book?2. (posesivo) my / your / his / her etcétera¿te has cortado el pelo? have you had your hair cut?3. (característica) the one¿cuál prefieres? el azul which one do you prefer? the blue one¡Ojo! Algunas veces no se traduce¿quieres salir el sábado? do you want to go out on Saturday?el Sr. García Mr. Garcíacon el que that... withen el que that... in -
14 faccia
f (pl -cce) face(risvolto, aspetto) facet( lato) sidefaccia tosta cheekfaccia a faccia face to facedi faccia a opposite, in front ofin faccia in the facegliel'ha detto in faccia he told him to his face* * *faccia s.f.1 face: faccia ossuta, tonda, pallida, abbronzata, gaunt, round, pale, tanned face; gli lavai la faccia, I washed his face; lo guardai in faccia, I looked him in the eye (o full in the face); ti si legge in faccia che sei stanco, I can tell by your face you are tired; mi tirò un libro in faccia, he threw a book in my face; guardare in faccia qlcu., to look s.o. in the face; non potrò più guardarlo in faccia, I'll never be able to look him in the face again; sputare in faccia a qlcu., to spit in s.o.'s face2 ( sembiante, aspetto, espressione) look, expression, appearance: faccia addolorata, sofferente, sorrowful expression; la sua faccia si irrigidì, his expression (o look o countenance) hardened; faccia aperta, simpatica, open, pleasant face (o open expression); che faccia! che cosa ti è successo?, how pale you look! what's up?; cambiò faccia quando lo vide, ( si rabbuiò) her face fell when she saw him, ( si illuminò) her face lit up when she saw him; da quando l'ho visto l'ultima volta ha cambiato faccia, he has changed since I saw him last; ha una faccia da mascalzone, he looks like a rascal; hai la faccia di uno che ha dormito male, you look as if you slept badly; hai una bella faccia questa mattina, you look good this morning; hai una brutta faccia, you don't look up to the mark (o you don't look very fit) // quest'auto ha cambiato faccia, ( sembra nuova) this car looks new // fece una faccia da ebete, his eyes took on a vacant look; fare delle facce, to make (o to pull) faces3 ( lato, superficie) face; side: la faccia della Luna, the face of the Moon; la faccia di un edificio, the front (o façade) of a building; le due facce di una moneta, the two faces of a coin; scrivete sulla faccia sinistra del foglio, write on the left side of the page // (mat.) le facce di un cubo, the faces (o sides) of a cube // (mecc.) un dado a sei facce, a six-paned nut // (miner.) le facce di un cristallo, the faces of a crystal // l'altra faccia della luna, (fig.) the other side of the question // è il più grosso imbroglione che sia mai esistito sulla faccia della terra, he is the biggest cheat that ever existed under the sun4 (fig.) ( aspetto) aspect: esaminiamo ora l'altra faccia del problema, let's go into the other aspect of the problem; è una questione che sembra avere molte facce, it's a problem that seams to have many different aspects.◆ FRASEOLOGIA: faccia in su, in giù, face up, face down // faccia a faccia, ( confronto) face to face confrontation; erano faccia a faccia, they were face to face (o they were facing each other); mettere due testimoni faccia a faccia, to confront two witnesses // di faccia a, in front of (o opposite): il monumento di faccia al municipio, the monument in front of the town hall; la sua casa è di faccia alla chiesa, his house is opposite the church; la casa di faccia, the house opposite; visto di faccia, seen from the front // che faccia ( tosta)!, what cheek (o what a nerve)!; chi ebbe la faccia ( tosta) di negarlo?, who had the face (o the cheek o the impudence) to deny it?; hai una bella faccia di bronzo!, you've got a nerve!; una faccia da schiaffi, a cheeky face // persona a due facce, two-faced person (o double dealer) // glielo dirò in faccia, I'll tell him so to his face (o I'll tell him straight) // mi risero in faccia, they laughed in my face // dire qlco. in faccia al mondo, to say sthg. in public (o publicly) // fare la faccia lunga, to pull a long face // fare qlco. alla faccia di qlcu., to do sthg. in spite of s.o.; alla faccia!, so much for you! (o good for you!): ''Vado in vacanza per un mese'' ''Alla faccia!'', ''I'm taking a month's holiday'' ''Good God!''; alla faccia della dieta, mangerò anche il dolce!, I'll have some cake too, and so much for my diet! // farsi la faccia, ( truccarsi) to make up // non guardare in faccia a nessuno, to put number one first, ( dire ciò che si pensa) to say what one thinks // perdere la faccia, to lose face; salvare la faccia, to save one's face.* * *1) (viso) faceguardare in faccia qcn. — to look sb. in the face
avere una brutta faccia, una faccia stanca — (aspetto) to look a bit off colour, tired
3) (superficie) face4) (lato) face, side (anche fig.)le -ce di una medaglia, moneta — the sides of a medal, coin
l'altra faccia della luna — the hidden face o dark side of the moon
l'altra faccia di qcs. — the other side of sth
••di o in faccia a opposite, in front of; guardare la morte in faccia to face up death; alla faccia! good God! alla faccia dell'uguaglianza! so much for equality! fare qcs. alla faccia di to do sth. in the teeth of; cambiare faccia to change expression; avere la faccia di fare qcs. to be cheeky enough to do sth.; fare le -ce to pull o make a face, to sulk; fare la o una faccia lunga to pull a long face; gettare in faccia a qcn. to throw at sb. [oggetto, sfida]; perdere, salvare la faccia to lose, save face; guardare in faccia la realtà to face reality; non guardare in faccia nessuno to go ahead o to do what one wants regardless of anyone else; dire qcs. in faccia a qcn. to tell sth. to sb.'s face; a faccia in giù, in su face up, down; ridere in faccia a qcn. to laugh in sb.'s face; gli sta scritto in faccia it's written all over his face; essere o avere una (bella) faccia tosta to be cheeky, to have nerve; avere la faccia di bronzo to be as bold as brass; avere una faccia da schiaffi — to be cheeky
* * *facciapl. -ce /'fatt∫a, t∫e/ ⇒ 4sostantivo f.1 (viso) face; guardare in faccia qcn. to look sb. in the face; non ho potuto vederlo in faccia I couldn't see him from the front; avere una brutta faccia, una faccia stanca (aspetto) to look a bit off colour, tired2 fig. (persona) face; (espressione) look, expression, face; vedere -ce nuove to see new faces; non fare quella faccia! don't look like that! ha fatto una faccia strana quando mi ha visto he made a face when he saw me; ha la faccia da imbroglione he looks like a trickster; fare una faccia offesa to have a hurt expression3 (superficie) face; sulla faccia della terra on the face of the earth4 (lato) face, side (anche fig.); le -ce di una medaglia, moneta the sides of a medal, coin; solido a otto -ce eight-faced solid; l'altra faccia della luna the hidden face o dark side of the moon; l'altra faccia di qcs. the other side of sth.di o in faccia a opposite, in front of; guardare la morte in faccia to face up death; alla faccia! good God! alla faccia dell'uguaglianza! so much for equality! fare qcs. alla faccia di to do sth. in the teeth of; cambiare faccia to change expression; avere la faccia di fare qcs. to be cheeky enough to do sth.; fare le -ce to pull o make a face, to sulk; fare la o una faccia lunga to pull a long face; gettare in faccia a qcn. to throw at sb. [oggetto, sfida]; perdere, salvare la faccia to lose, save face; guardare in faccia la realtà to face reality; non guardare in faccia nessuno to go ahead o to do what one wants regardless of anyone else; dire qcs. in faccia a qcn. to tell sth. to sb.'s face; a faccia in giù, in su face up, down; ridere in faccia a qcn. to laugh in sb.'s face; gli sta scritto in faccia it's written all over his face; essere o avere una (bella) faccia tosta to be cheeky, to have nerve; avere la faccia di bronzo to be as bold as brass; avere una faccia da schiaffi to be cheeky. -
15 fare
1. v/t dovestito, dolce, errore makebiglietto, benzina buy, getfare il pieno fill upfare un bagno have a bathfare il conto al ristorante prepare the billfare il medico/l'insegnante be a doctor/teachernon fa niente it doesn't matterfare vedere qualcosa a qualcuno show something to someonefarcela managenon ce la faccio più I can't take any more2 più 2 fa 4 2 and 2 make(s) 4quanto fa? how much is it?far fare qualcosa a qualcuno get someone to do something2. v/i: questo non fa per me this isn't for mefaccia pure! go ahead!, carry on!qui fa bello/brutto the weather here is nice/awfulfa freddo/caldo it's cold/warm* * *fare v.tr.1 ( in senso generale, astratto, morale, intellettuale e nel senso di agire) to do*: che cosa fai?, what are you doing?; avere molto da fare, to have a great deal to do (o to be kept hard at work); non avere nulla da fare, to have nothing to do; non fare nulla, to do nothing; che debbo fare ( di lui)?, what shall I do (with him)?; che fare ora?, what is to be done now?; che si doveva fare?, what was to be done? // che diavolo stai facendo?, what are you up to? (o what on earth are you doing?) // dovrai farne a meno, you'll have to do without (it) // detto fatto, no sooner said than done // ecco fatto!, that's done! // non fa altro che dormire, he does nothing but sleep // nulla da fare, (fam.) nothing doing // fare senza, to do without; fare alla meglio, to do carelessly // fare bene, to do properly (o to do well) // fare del proprio meglio, tutto il possibile, to do one's utmost (o one's best) // fare bene, male a qlcu., to do s.o. good, harm: questa medicina ti farà bene, this medicine will do you good; il vino mi fa male, wine doesn't agree with me; fare il giro dei locali notturni, to do the night-clubs // chi fa da sé fa per tre, (prov.) if you want a thing done well do it yourself // non fare agli altri quello che non vorresti fosse fatto a te, (prov.) do as you would be done by2 ( prevalentemente nel senso di creare, produrre, fabbricare; realizzare) to make*: farei una camicetta con questa seta, I'd make a blouse out of this silk; fare un abito, una torta, to make a dress, a cake; fare il caffè, il tè, to make coffee, tea; il fornaio fa il pane, the baker makes bread; il vino si fa con l'uva, wine is made from grapes; è il parlamento che fa le leggi, laws are made by Parliament; ti farò una lista dei libri che mi occorrono, I'll make a list of the books I need; non far rumore, don't make a noise; fare i letti, to make the beds // fare amicizia, to make friends: farsi degli amici, dei nemici, to make friends, enemies; farsi un nemico di qlcu., to make an enemy of s.o. // fare un errore, to make a mistake // fare mistero di qlco., to make a mystery of sthg. // fare posto a qlcu., to make room for s.o. // fare il totale, to make up the total // 3 più 3 fa 6, 3 and 3 make 6 (o 3 and 3 are 6); 2 per 2 fa 4, twice 2 is 43 ( essere) ( come professione), to be: fare l'insegnante, il medico, la spia, to be a teacher, a doctor, a spy // fare parte del personale, to be a member of the staff4 ( avere, possedere) to have: il villaggio fa duecento abitanti, the village has two hundred inhabitants5 ( rifornirsi) to take* on: la nave fece acqua e carbone, the ship took on water and coal // (aut.) fare il pieno, to fill up6 ( dire) to say*: 'Quando partite?', fece egli, 'When are you leaving?', he said // non fare motto, to utter not a word7 ( eleggere, nominare) to make*, to elect, to appoint: lo fecero re, they made him king (o he was appointed king)9 ( scrivere) to write*; ( dipingere) to paint: ha fatto un bel ritratto a mia sorella, he painted a beautiful portrait of my sister10 ( indicare, segnare) to make*; to be: che ore fai?, what time do you make it?; che ora fa il tuo orologio?, what time is it by your watch?; questo orologio fa le cinque, it is five o' clock by this watch11 (teatr.) ( rappresentare) to perform: questa settimana all'Odeon fanno l''Amleto', 'Hamlet' is being performed at the Odeon (o 'Hamlet' is on at the Odeon) this week12 ( far la parte di) to act (as); (teatr.) to play (as); ( fingere) to feign: mi fa da governante, she acts as my housekeeper; quell'attore nell''Otello' farà la parte di Jago, that actor is going to play Iago in 'Othello'; fare l'ignorante, to feign ignorance; fare il morto, (fig.) to feign death13 ( praticare) to go* in for; ( giocare) to play: fare della bicicletta, dello sport, dell'automobilismo, della politica, to go in for cycling, sport, motoring, politics; fare del tennis, to play tennis; fare del nuoto, to swim // fare del teatro, del cinema, to be an actor, a cinema-actor // fare un po' di musica, to play some music14 ( pulire) to clean: fare una stanza, to clean a room (o fam. to do a room); fare i piatti, to wash up15 ( generare) to bear*; to have: quella cagna il mese scorso ha fatto tre cuccioli, that bitch had three puppies last month17 ( percorrere) to go*: fare dieci chilometri a piedi, a cavallo, to walk, to ride ten kilometres; fare sessanta chilometri all'ora, to drive at sixty kilometres an hour; fare quattro passi per un sentiero, to go for (o to take) a stroll along a path; abbiamo fatto 3000 km in due giorni, we covered (o did) 3000 km in two days18 ( passare, trascorrere) to spend*: dove hai fatto le vacanze?, where did you spend your holidays?; fece dieci anni di prigione, he did ten years in prison19 ( in sostituzione del verbo usato nella proposizione reggente) to do*: spese il suo denaro meglio di quel che avrei fatto io, he spent his money better than I would have done; lui se ne è andato e così ho fatto io, he went away and so did I20 ( con valore causativo seguito da infinito) to have, to get*; ( causare) to cause; to make*; ( lasciare, permettere) to let*: fa' venire l'idraulico, get the plumber to come; devo far aggiustare l'auto, I must have the car repaired; fallo smettere!, make him stop!; fatti (fare) un nuovo abito!, have a new suit made!; il tuo ritardo mi fece perdere il treno, your being late caused me to miss the train; far fare qlco., to have (o to get) sthg. done; fare partire una macchina, to start a machine; fare aspettare qlcu., to keep s.o. waiting; fare sapere a qlcu., to let s.o. know (o to inform s.o.); fare uscire, entrare, to let s.o. out, in; fare vedere qlco. a qlcu., to let s.o. see sthg. (o to show s.o. sthg.) // fare chiamare qlcu., to send for s.o. // fare notare a qlcu., to point out to s.o. // fare osservare qlco. a qlcu., to call s.o.'s attention to sthg. // far pagare, to charge: far pagare troppo, poco, to overcharge, to undercharge // far salire i prezzi, to raise prices.◆ v. intr.1 impers. ( di condizioni atmosferiche): che tempo fa?, what is the weather like?; fa brutto tempo, bel tempo, it is bad weather, fine weather; fa caldo, caldissimo, molto freddo, it is warm, hot, very cold3 ( seguito da consecutive): fare in modo di, to try to (do); fate che non vi veda, don't let him see you; fate in modo di non farvi vedere, take care not to be seen // fare sì che, fare in modo che, to arrange, to make sure, to get, to make*: fece sì che tutti fossero d'accordo con lui, he got everyone to agree with him; hanno fatto in modo che tutti fossero soddisfatti, they made sure everybody was happy; fecero sì che io lo incontrassi, they arranged (o made arrangements) for me to meet him4 ( stare per) to be about: fece per entrare quando..., he was about to enter, when...5 fare in tempo a, to manage to (do): ce la fece appena a prendere il treno, he just managed (o he was just in time) to catch his train.◘ farsi v.rifl. o intr.pron.1 ( diventare) to become*; ( gradualmente) to grow*: si è fatto un bel giovane, he has become a handsome young man; si sono fatti più gentili, they have become more amiable; ti sei fatto molto alto, you have grown (o become) very tall; fare cattolico, to turn Catholic (o to become a Roman Catholic) // fare bello, ( vantarsi) to boast2 ( moto) to come*; to get*: su, fatevi in là!, get out of my way, please!; fare avanti, to go forward, (fig.) to thrust oneself forward3 ( seguito da infinito) to make* oneself; to get*: fare amare, capire, odiare, to make oneself loved, understood, hated; fatti aiutare da qualcuno, get someone to help you; fare notare, to attract attention, ( di proposito) to make oneself conspicuous4 impers. ( di tempo e di condizioni atmosferiche) to get*; to grow*: si fa buio, it is getting dark; si fa tardi, it is growing late5 (sl.) ( drogarsi) to shoot* up; to take* drugs.fare s.m.1 doing, making // dal dire al fare c'è di mezzo il mare, there's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip2 ( modi, maniere) manner; way; ( comportamento) behaviour: il suo fare modesto, his modest manner; ha un brutto ( modo di) fare, he has an unpleasant manner; ha un fare molto simpatico, he has winning ways (o he has a pleasant manner); non mi piace il suo fare, I don't like his manners* * *1. ['fare]vb irreg vt1) (fabbricare: gen) to make, (casa) to build, (quadro) to paint, (disegno) to draw, (pasto) to cook, (pane, dolci) to bake, (assegno) to make outche cosa ne hai fatto di quei pantaloni? — what have you done with those trousers?
hai fatto il letto? — have you made the bed?
hai fatto la stanza? — have you cleaned the room?
2) (attività: gen) to do, (vacanza, sogno) to have3) (funzione) to be, Teatro to play, be, actfare il morto — (in acqua) to float
4) (percorrere) to dofare i 100 metri — (competere) to go in for o run in the 100 metres
fare una passeggiata — to go for o take a walk
5)6)7)due più due fa quattro — two plus two make(s) o equal(s) fourche differenza fa? — what difference does it make?
glielo faccio 100 euro — I'll give it to you o I'll let you have it for 100 euros
8)(+ infinito)
le faremo avere la merce — we'll get the goods to youl'hanno fatto entrare in macchina — (costringere) they forced him into the car, they made him get into the car, (lasciare) they let him get into the car
far scongelare — to defrost, thaw out
mi son fatto tagliare i capelli — I've had my hair cut
9)10)farla a qn — to get the better of sbme l'hanno fatta! — (imbrogliare) I've been done!, (derubare) I've been robbed!, (lasciare nei guai) I've been lumbered!
— to succeed, managenon ce la faccio più — (a camminare) I can't go on, (a sopportare) I can't take any more
ormai è stato deciso e non c'è niente da fare — it's been decided and there's nothing we can do about it
ha fatto di sì con la testa — he nodded
1) (agire) to dofare con — (situazioni, persone) to know how to deal withci sa fare coi bambini/con le macchine — he's good with children/cars
2)"davvero?" fece — "really?" he said3)questo non si fa — it's not done, you (just) can't do that
si
fa così! — you do it like this, this is the way it's donenon si fa così — (rimprovero) that's no way to behave!
questa festa non si farà! — this party won't take place!
4)fa proprio al caso nostro — it's just what we needfare da — (funzioni) to act as
fare da padre a qn — to be like a father to sb
la cucina fa anche da sala da pranzo — the kitchen also serves as o is also used as a dining room
fare per — (essere adatto) to be suitable for, (essere sul punto di) to be about to
il grigio fa vecchio — grey makes you o one look older
3. vb impers4. vr (farsi)1)farsi amico di qn — to make friends with sb2)farsi avanti — to move forward, fig to come forward3) (gergo: drogarsi) to do drugs5. vip (farsi)(divenire) to become6. smfar del giorno/della notte — at daybreak/nightfall* * *I 1. ['fare]verbo transitivo1) (in senso generico e astratto) to do*2) (preparare, fabbricare, creare) to make* [torta, tè, vino, vestito, mobile, pezzi di ricambio, film]3) (produrre, provocare) to make* [macchia, buco, rumore]6) (come professione, mestiere)fare il medico, l'insegnante — to be a doctor, a teacher; (come sport, hobby) to do* [aerobica, giardinaggio]
7) (a scuola) to do*, to study [materia, facoltà, testo, autore]; to do* [ corso]8) (trascorrere) to spend* [ vacanze]10) (percorrere) to do* [tragitto, chilometri]11) (avere) to have* [infarto, orecchioni, otite]12) (provocare, causare)fare del bene, del male a qcn. — to do sb. good, harm
Signore, fa' che non gli succeda niente — may God protect him!
13) (far diventare) to make*fare felice qcn. — to make sb. happy
fare qcn. presidente — to make sb. president
14) (considerare)15) (fingersi)fare il malato, il coraggioso — to pretend to be ill, brave
16) (interpretare) [ attore] to play [parte, ruolo]fare piangere qcn. — to make sb. cry
fare perdere qcs. a qcn. — to make sb. lose sth.; (permettere, lasciare)
fare andare qcn. — to let sb. go; (convincere)
che ora fai? — what time do you make it o have you got?
19) (costare)20) (partorire) [donna, animale] to have* [bambino, cuccioli]21) (dire)"certo" fece lei — "of course" she said
poi fa "e i miei soldi?" — colloq. so he goes "what about my money?"
2.il gatto fa "miao" — the cat goes "miaow"
1) (agire, procedere) to do*fare per andarsene — to be about to leave; (fare l'atto di)
4) fare da (fungere da) [ persona] to act as; (servire da) [ cosa] to function o act o serve as6) (riuscire)"come si fa?" - "così" — "how do I do it?" - "like this"
7) farcela3.verbo impersonale4.fa buio — it's getting o growing dark
verbo pronominale farsi1) (preparare, fabbricare, creare per sé) to make* oneself [caffè, vestito]2) (concedersi) to have* [birra, pizza, chiacchierata]-rsi degli amici, dei nemici — to make friends, enemies; colloq. (comprarsi) to get* oneself [macchina, moto]
5) gerg. (drogarsi) to get* stoned (di on), to do* drugs6) (diventare)-rsi suora, cristiano — to become a nun, a Christian
il cielo si fece grigio — the sky went o turned grey
-rsi avanti, indietro — to come forward, to stand back
- rsi in là — to budge over o up
8) (formarsi) to form [idea, immagine]- rsi tagliare i capelli — to have o get one's hair cut
10) (sottoporsi a) to have* [lifting, permanente]11) (procurarsi)12) (reciprocamente)-rsi carezze, dispetti — to caress each other, to play tricks on each other
13) farsela (intendersela) to jack around AE ( con with); (in una relazione amorosa) to run* around ( con with)••avere a che fare — to have to do ( con with)
avere da fare — to be busy, to have things to do
(non) fa niente! — it doesn't matter, never mind!
a me non la si fa! — = I wasn't born yesterday!
farsela addosso — (urinare) to wet oneself; (defecare) to shit oneself pop.; (dalla paura) to be scared shitless pop., to shit bricks pop., to brick it
farsela sotto — (dalla paura) to be scared shitless, to shit bricks, to brick it
II ['fare]che cosa vuoi che ci faccia? che cosa ci posso fare io? what do you want me to do about it? non ci si può fare nulla it can't be helped; non ci posso fare niente se... I can't help it if...; non so che farmene di... — I have no need for
sostantivo maschile1) (comportamento) manner, behaviour BE, behavior AE2) (inizio)sul fare del giorno, della notte — at daybreak, nightfall
* * *fare1/'fare/ [8]1 (in senso generico e astratto) to do*; non avere niente da fare to have nothing to do; che cosa posso fare per te? what can I do for you? che cosa dobbiamo fare con te! what are we to do with you!2 (preparare, fabbricare, creare) to make* [torta, tè, vino, vestito, mobile, pezzi di ricambio, film]; fare del pollo to cook some chicken; che cosa faccio per pranzo? what shall I cook for lunch?3 (produrre, provocare) to make* [macchia, buco, rumore]4 (dare come risultato) tre più due fa cinque three and two make five; quanto fa 3 per 3? what's 3 times 3? 9 meno 7 fa 2 9 minus 7 leaves 26 (come professione, mestiere) che lavoro fai? what's your job? cosa fai (di mestiere)? what do you do (for a living)? fare il medico, l'insegnante to be a doctor, a teacher; (come sport, hobby) to do* [aerobica, giardinaggio]7 (a scuola) to do*, to study [materia, facoltà, testo, autore]; to do* [ corso]; fare (la) prima to be in the first year8 (trascorrere) to spend* [ vacanze]; fare tre mesi di prigione to do three months in prison; hai fatto buon viaggio? did you have a pleasant journey?10 (percorrere) to do* [tragitto, chilometri]; fare l'autostrada to take the motorway11 (avere) to have* [infarto, orecchioni, otite]12 (provocare, causare) fare del bene, del male a qcn. to do sb. good, harm; la pastiglia non mi ha fatto niente the tablet didn't do anything; non ti farò niente I won't do anything to you; Signore, fa' che non gli succeda niente may God protect him!13 (far diventare) to make*; fare felice qcn. to make sb. happy; fare qcn. presidente to make sb. president14 (considerare) ti facevo più intelligente I thought you were cleverer15 (fingersi) fare il malato, il coraggioso to pretend to be ill, brave16 (interpretare) [ attore] to play [parte, ruolo]17 (seguito da infinito) (con valore causativo) fare piangere qcn. to make sb. cry; fare perdere qcs. a qcn. to make sb. lose sth.; (permettere, lasciare) fare andare qcn. to let sb. go; (convincere) gli ho fatto prendere un appuntamento I got him to make an appointment18 (riferito all'ora) che ora fai? what time do you make it o have you got? faccio le due I make it two o'clock; che ora fa l'orologio? what time does the clock say?20 (partorire) [donna, animale] to have* [bambino, cuccioli]21 (dire) "certo" fece lei "of course" she said; poi fa "e i miei soldi?" colloq. so he goes "what about my money?"; il gatto fa "miao" the cat goes "miaow"(aus. avere)1 (agire, procedere) to do*; non ho potuto fare altrimenti I couldn't do otherwise; fai come vuoi do as you like; facciamo alle sei let's make it six o'clock2 (essere adatto) questo è il posto che fa per me this is the place for me; vivere a Londra non fa per me living in London is not for me3 fare per (essere in procinto di) fare per andarsene to be about to leave; (fare l'atto di) fece per baciarlo she made as if to kiss him5 (essere espresso in una certa forma) come fa la canzone? how does the song go?6 (riuscire) come fai a leggere quella robaccia? how can you read that junk? "come si fa?" - "così" "how do I do it?" - "like this"; come faccio a saperlo? how should I know?7 farcela ce l'ho fatta! I made it! ce la fai a finirlo? can you manage to finish it? non ce la faccio più! I've had it! I can't take any more!1 (riferito a tempo atmosferico o condizioni di luce) fa freddo it's cold; fa buio it's getting o growing dark2 (riferito a durata) oggi fanno sei anni che è partito it's six years today since he leftIV farsi verbo pronominale1 (preparare, fabbricare, creare per sé) to make* oneself [caffè, vestito]; - rsi da mangiare to do one's own cooking2 (concedersi) to have* [birra, pizza, chiacchierata]3 (procurar si) -rsi degli amici, dei nemici to make friends, enemies; colloq. (comprarsi) to get* oneself [macchina, moto]5 gerg. (drogarsi) to get* stoned (di on), to do* drugs6 (diventare) -rsi suora, cristiano to become a nun, a Christian; si è fatta bella she's grown up a beauty; il cielo si fece grigio the sky went o turned grey; si fa tardi it's getting late7 (per indicare movimento) -rsi avanti, indietro to come forward, to stand back; - rsi in là to budge over o up8 (formarsi) to form [idea, immagine]9 (seguito da infinito) - rsi sentire to make oneself heard; - rsi tagliare i capelli to have o get one's hair cut; - rsi operare to have surgery10 (sottoporsi a) to have* [lifting, permanente]11 (procurarsi) - rsi un bernoccolo to get a bump; - rsi un livido su un braccio to bruise one's arm12 (reciprocamente) -rsi carezze, dispetti to caress each other, to play tricks on each other13 farsela (intendersela) to jack around AE ( con with); (in una relazione amorosa) to run* around ( con with)avere a che fare to have to do ( con with); non avere niente a che fare to have nothing to do ( con with); avere da fare to be busy, to have things to do; (non) fa niente! it doesn't matter, never mind! a me non la si fa! = I wasn't born yesterday! farsela addosso (urinare) to wet oneself; (defecare) to shit oneself pop.; (dalla paura) to be scared shitless pop., to shit bricks pop., to brick it; farsela sotto (dalla paura) to be scared shitless, to shit bricks, to brick it; che cosa vuoi che ci faccia? che cosa ci posso fare io? what do you want me to do about it? non ci si può fare nulla it can't be helped; non ci posso fare niente se... I can't help it if...; non so che farmene di... I have no need for...\See also notes... (fare.pdf)————————fare2/'fare/sostantivo m.2 (inizio) sul fare del giorno, della notte at daybreak, nightfall. -
16 πνεῦμα
πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.③ a part of human personality, spiritⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.ⓓ abs.α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
17 él
art.the (in general).el coche the carla casa the houselos niños the childrenel agua/hacha/águila the water/ax/eaglefui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children* * *el1 the■ la Sra. Rodríguez Mrs. Rodríguez2 el de the one4 (cosa) the one, the one that, the one which* * *1. pron.- el que2. art.* * *el; la; los; lasART DEF1) [con nombres de referente único o concreto] the¿está fría el agua? — is the water cold?
¿ha llegado ya el abogado? — has the lawyer arrived yet?
el tío ese — * that chap
2) [en algunos casos no se traduce]a) [con nombres propios]¿qué manda la señora? — what would madam like?
ha llamado el Sr. Sendra — Mr. Sendra called
dáselo a la Luisa — * give it to Luisa
b) [con nombres en sentido genérico]c) [con infinitivo]el hacerlo fue un error — doing it was a mistake, it was a mistake to do it
d) [con cifras, proporciones]ahora gano el 3% más — I now earn 3% more
3) [traducido por el posesivo]4) [con expresiones temporales]5) (=uso distributivo)6) [en exclamaciones]¡el frío que hacía! — it was freezing!
7) [posesivo]•
el de, mi libro y el de usted — my book and yoursel del sombrero rojo — the one with o in the red hat
es un traje bonito, pero prefiero el de Ana — it's a nice suit, but I prefer Ana's
y el de todos los demás — and that of everybody else, and everybody else's
8)•
el que —a) + indicél es el que quiere — it's he who wants to, he's the one who wants to
los que hacen eso son tontos — anyone who does that is a fool, those who do so are foolish
b) + subjun whoeverel que quiera, que lo haga — whoever wants to can do it
* * *pronombre personala) ( como sujeto) he¿quién se lo va a decir? - él — who's going to tell her? - he is
fue él — it was him, it was he (frml)
b) (en comparaciones, con preposiciones) him; ( refiriéndose a cosas) itllegué antes que él — I arrived before him o before he did
eres tan alto como él — you are as tall as him o as he is
con/contra/para él — with/against/for him
con/contra/para él — with/against/for him
* * *[the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]1)a) ( con un referente único) the¿ya vas a la escuela? — do you go to school yet?
el mío/las tuyas — mine/yours
el rojo/último — the red/last one
los nacidos entre... — those born between...
2)a)el + de...: la del sombrero the one with the hat; el de Valencia the one from Valencia; el de las nueve the nine o'clock one; el de Juan/de mi hijo — Juan's/my son's
b)el + que...: el que acaba de entrar the one who's just come in; las que yo ví the ones I saw; los que estén cansados; those who are tired, anyone who's tired; la que te guste whichever you like; el que lo haya hecho — whoever has done it
3) ( en expresiones de tiempo)el mes pasado/que viene — last/next month
4) ( cada)$80 el metro/kilo — $80 a meter/a kilo
5) (con fracciones, porcentajes, números)la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero — half the money/a quarter of the money
el 20% de... — 20% of...
el cuarto piso — the fifth floor (AmE) o (BrE) fourth floor
6) (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc)7) ( con nombres propios)a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc)el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal — Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal
b) ( en plural)en (el) Perú — in Peru; ver África, Argentina, etc
d) ( al calificar)8) el ( con infinitivo)* * *el2= the, ye.Nota: Forma arcaica.Ex: The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.
Ex: The article 'Ye olde smart card' presents an annotated list of information sources on the credit card industry.* a lo extremo = to the extreme.* aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.* barrio de los ricos = upper town.* de los mejores = as good as any.* el abuelo de = the granddaddy of.* el acabose = the last straw.* el alcance = comprehensiveness.* el amor de + Posesivo + vida = the love of + Posesivo + life.* el año próximo = the year ahead.* el arte de = the art of, the fine art of.* el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.* el auténtico = the real McCoy.* el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.* el bien de = the good of.* el buenazo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.* el bueno de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.* el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.* el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.* el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.* el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.* el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.* el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.* el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.* el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.* el centro de atención + ser = all eyes + be + on.* el charco = the big pond.* el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.* el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.* el colmo = the last straw.* el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.* el copón = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.* el corazón de = the heart of.* el crecimiento de = the rising tide of.* el cual = which.* el de = that in, that of.* el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* el día del Juicio Final = the Day of Judgement.* El Diluvio = the Flood.* el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.* el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.* el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.* el dinero no crece en los árboles = money doesn't grow on trees.* el doble = twice + as many.* el doble de = twice + the number of.* El Dorado = El Dorado.* el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.* el entonces + Nombre = the then + Nombre.* el espíritu de la época = the spirit of the times.* el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].* el evitar = avoidance.* el éxito genera éxito = success breeds success (SBS).* el éxito llama al éxito = success breeds success (SBS).* el final de = the close of.* el final de los problemas = the light at the end of the tunnel.* el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.* el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.* el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.* el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.* el fruto de + Nombre = the fruit of + Nombre.* el futuro = the way ahead, the way of the future.* el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.* el Gato con Botas = Puss in Boots.* el grado de = the extent of.* el grado de + Nombre = the breadth and depth of + Nombre.* el grado en que = the extent to which.* el gran hermano = big brother.* el guapo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.* el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).* el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....* el hombre de la calle = the average Joe.* el hombre no es una isla = no man is an island.* el hombre propone y Dios dispone = Man proposes, God disposes.* el impulsor de = the power behind.* el interés público = the public interest.* El Juicio Final = The Last Judgement.* el lastre de = the shackles of.* el llevar = carrying.* el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.* El Mago de Oz = The Wizard of Oz, The Wizard of Oz.* el más = all-time.* el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.* el más allá = hereafter.* el más bajo = rock-bottom.* el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.* el más leído = the most widely read.* el más recomendado = best of breed, the.* el Mediterráneo = Mediterranean Sea, the, the Med.* el mejor = best of breed, the.* el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.* el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.* el mejor modo de = the best way of.* el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.* el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.* el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.* el mentir = lying.* el mes pasado = last month.* el mío = mine.* el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).* el mismo número = as many.* el modo como = the way in which.* el modo de = the way in which.* el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.* el momento preciso = the point in time at which.* el motor de = the power behind.* el movimiento se demuestra andando = actions speak louder than words.* el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.* el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.* el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.* el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.* el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.* el + Nombre + correcto al + Nombre + adecuado en el momento oportuno = the right + Nombre + to the right + Nombre + at the right time.* el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.* el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.* el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* el nuevo aspecto de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.* el orgullo de = showpiece.* el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.* el padre de = the father of.* el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.* el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.* el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.* el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.* el peso de = brunt of, the.* el populacho = the great unwashed.* el porqué de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.* el portavoz de = the voice of.* el presente = thisness.* el primer intento = the first time around.* el primer + Nombre = the earliest + Nombre.* el primero mencionado = former.* el principal = the number one.* el principio de = the dawn of.* el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.* el principio de + Mes/Estación = early + Mes/Estación.* el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* el problema obvio = the elephant in the room.* el proletariado = the great unwashed.* el pulmón de = the heart of.* el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.* el que = that, the one.* el que aprende = learner.* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.* el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].* el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.* el que no llora, no mama = the squeaky (squeaking) wheel gets the grease (the oil/oiled).* el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.* el que pregunta = inquirer [enquirer, -UK].* el quid de la cuestión = the crux of the problem, the crux of the matter.* el registro de los registros = record-of-record.* el registro modelo = record-of-record.* el resto = rest, the.* el resto (de) = the remainder (of), the rest (of).* El Salvador = El Salvador.* el segundo mencionado = latter.* el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.* el ser barato = cheapness.* el siguiente no, el otro = next but one.* el sitio adecuado en el momento adecuado = the right place at the right time.* el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.* el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.* el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.* el súmmum = the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* el tamaño de = the extent of.* el tema de la discusión = the focus of the discussion.* el tema del debate = the focus of the discussion.* el tiempo de Algo = in season.* el tiempo es oro = time is money.* el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.* el tiempo vuela = time flies (by).* el tipo de = the range of.* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.* el total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.* el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.* el transcurso del tiempo = as time goes by.* el último citado = latter.* el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* el último + Nombre = the latest + Nombre.* el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.* el único = the one and only.* el único e incomparable = the one and only.* el único e inimitable = the one and only.* el único problema = a fly in the soup, the fly in the ointment.* el verdadero = the real McCoy.* el verdadero problema = the elephant in the room.* el ver televisión = television viewing.* el viejo = the elder.* el vulgo = the great unwashed.* el yugo de = the shackles of.* espicharlas = kick + the bucket.* la = the, ye.* la alternativa + ser = the alternative + be.* la belleza es superficial = beauty is only skin deep.* La Biblioteca Responde = Ask the Library.* la Biblioteca y el Archivo de Canadá = Library and Archives Canada.* la buena noticia = the good news.* la calidad es nuestro lema = quality is our middle name.* la calma que precede a la tormenta = the lull before the storm.* la cambiante fisonomía de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.* la caridad empieza por uno mismo = charity begins at home.* la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.* la ciudadana media = the average Jane.* la ciudad que nunca duerme = the city that never sleeps.* la clave de = at the heart of.* la clave está en la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* la comunidad en general = the community at large.* la Convención de la Haya de 1954 = the 1954 Hague Convention.* la copa del árbol = the top of the tree.* la cosa es que = the thing is.* la cosa principal = the number one thing.* la crème de la crème = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.* la cruz de = the bane of.* la cuestión es que = the thing is.* la década de los + Número = the + Número + s.* la demanda de = a call for.* la diversidad de = the range of.* la diversidad de + Nombre = the many + Nombre.* la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.* la época de Algo = in season.* la escoria de la sociedad = the gutter.* la espalda de = the back of.* la evidencia = the writing on the wall.* la fe mueve montañas = faith will move mountains.* la filosofía de = the reason behind, the reasoning behind.* la flor de + Nombre = the prime of + Nombre.* la flor y nata = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.* la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.* la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).* la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.* la fuerza de la mayoría = strength in numbers.* la gente decía que = rumour had it that.* la gente dice que = rumour has it that.* la gente se está inquietando = the natives are nervous.* la gente se está poniendo nerviosa = the natives are nervous.* la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.* la gota que colmó el vaso = the straw that broke the camel's back.* la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.* la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.* la historia + repetirse = history + come full circle.* la historia + volverse a repetir = history + come full circle.* la hostia = the cat's pyjamas, the cat's pyjamas, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* la hoz y el martillo = the hammer and sickle.* la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.* la imaginación no tiene límites = your imagination is the limit.* la imitación es la mejor forma de que lo halaguen a uno = imitation is the sincerest form of flattery.* La Isla del Tesoro = Treasure Island.* la joya de = showpiece.* la judicatura = the Bench.* la justicia = the Bench.* la juventud no es cuestión de edad sino de espíritu = you are as old as you feel.* la leche = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.* la luz al final del túnel = the light at the end of the tunnel.* la magistratura = the Bench.* la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.* la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.* la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.* la mar de = a whole slew of.* la mayoría con mucho de = the vast majority of.* la mayoría de = the majority of, most + Nombre, the main bulk of.* la mayoría de la gente = most people, the majority of the people.* la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.* la mayoría de las veces = most of the time, more often than not.* la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.* la mayoría del tiempo = most of the time.* la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.* la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.* la medida en que = the extent to which.* la mejor forma de hacer Algo = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].* la mejor manera = how best.* la mejor manera de = the best way of.* la mejor oferta = the best deal.* la mejor opción = the best bet.* la mejor salida = the best way forward.* la mejor solución = the best way forward.* la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.* la mentira = lying.* la mirada en = eye(s) on.* la misma persona = one and the same person.* la mitad (1/2) = one-half (1/2).* la necesidad agudiza el ingenio = necessity mothers invention.* la ocasión la pintan calva = make + hay while the sun shines.* la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.* la oportunidad de + Posesivo + vida = the opportunity of a lifetime.* la parte de atrás de = the back of.* la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.* la parte más importante = the heart of.* la parte principal de = the bulk of.* la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.* la parte trasera de = the back of.* la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.* la pesadilla de = the bane of.* la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.* la petición de = a call for.* la píldora = the pill.* la plebe = the great unwashed.* la polla = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.* la práctica hace al maestro = practice makes perfect.* la primera tentativa = the first time around.* la primera vez = the first time around.* la proporción mayor de = the lion's share of.* la próxima moda = the next hot thing.* la puntilla = the final/last nail in + Posesivo + coffin.* la que = that, the one.* la razón de ser = the reason for being.* la realidad es que = the fact remains that..., fact is, the fact is (that).* la rehostia = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.* la responsabilidad ahora recae en + Nombre = the ball is in + Posesivo + court.* la responsabilidad es de... = the buck + stops....* la riqueza de = the wealth of.* la ruina de = the bane of.* las = the, ye.* las 24 horas = round the clock, around the clock.* las apariencias engañan = don't judge a book by its cover, there's more to it than meets the eye.* las ataduras de = the shackles of.* las autoridades = the powers-that-be.* las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.* las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.* las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).* las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).* las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.* las cosas + seguir + igual = business + revolve + as usual.* las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.* las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.* las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.* las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.* las cosas + volver + a su punto de partida = the wheel + turn + full circle.* las de = those for.* las doce del mediodía = noon.* la segunda mitad de + Fecha = the latter part of + Fecha.* la segunda opción = the next best choice.* la segunda vez = the second time around.* la semana pasada = last week.* la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.* la situación = the course of events.* la sociedad en general = society at large.* las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.* las profundidades del mar = the deep.* las profundidades del océano = the deep.* las pruebas = the writing on the wall.* las raíces se encuentran = roots + lie.* las raíces se remontan a = roots + lie.* las razones de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.* las Reglas de Cutter para un Catálogo Diccionario = Cutter's Rules for a Dictionary Catalog.* las triquiñuelas de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* la suerte + cambiar = the tide + turn.* la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.* la suerte está echada = the die is cast.* la suma total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.* las uvas están verdes = sour grapes.* las veinticuatro horas = day and night, day or night, night and day.* la temporada de Algo = in season.* la tierra de la abundancia = the land of plenty.* la tierra de las oportunidades = the land of opportunity.* la tira de = a whole slew of.* la tira de tiempo = donkey's years.* la triste realidad es que = the sad fact is (that).* la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* la última vez = last time.* la última vez que = the last time.* la única pega = the fly in the ointment, a fly in the soup.* la unión hace la fuerza = strength in numbers.* la ventaja de = the beauty of.* la ventaja es que = on the positive side, the advantage is that, on the bright side.* la verdad = the lowdown (on).* la verdad es que = if the truth be known, if the truth be told, the fact is (that), fact is.* la verdad es que... = the fact of the matter is that....* la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.* la verdad sea dicha que = if the truth be told.* la Vía Láctea = the Milky Way.* la vida continúa = the show must go on.* la vida + continuar = life + go on.* la vida es así = life's like that.* ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.* la vida + seguir = life + go on.* la víspera de = on the eve of.* la voz de = the voice of.* la voz de la conciencia = the voice within.* la voz de la experiencia = the voice of experience.* la voz de la razón = the voice of reason.* la voz del odio = the voice of hate.* la voz interior = the voice within.* lo absurdo = ridiculousness.* lo adecuado = adequacy.* lo + Adjetivo + que sea/esté = how + Adjetivo.* lo anodino = blandness.* lo anteriormente expuesto = the preceding.* lo apropiado = appropriateness.* lo barato = inexpensiveness.* lo básico = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).* lo bastante elevado = high enough.* lo bastante extenso = adequately scoped.* lo bueno de = the beauty of.* lo bueno es que = the good news is (that)..., on the positive side, on the bright side.* lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.* lo bueno y lo malo = the rights and wrongs.* lo caro = expensiveness.* lo chicano = Chicana.* lo chulo = coolness.* lo cierto es que = fact is, the fact is (that).* lo completo = completeness.* lo completo que Algo está = fullness.* lo creas o no = believe it or not.* lo decisivo = the last word.* lo definitivo = the last word.* lo desagradable = unpleasantness.* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!, you must be kidding!.* lo directo = directness.* lo divertido = the fun part.* lo engorroso de = cumbersomeness.* lo esencial = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).* lo estrafalario = zaniness.* lo estrambótico = zaniness.* lo extenso = comprehensiveness.* lo favorable = propitiousness.* lo hebraico = Hebraica.* lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.* lo importante es lo que eres no cómo te llamas = a rose by any other name.* lo imprescindible = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.* lo incómodo de = cumbersomeness.* lo indefinido = indefiniteness.* lo indirecto = indirectness.* lo indispensable = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.* lo insulso = blandness.* lo interesante = the fun part.* lo judío = Judaica.* lo lindo = cuteness.* lo llano = flatness.* lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.* lo más conveniente es que = optimally.* lo más destacado = highlights.* lo más detestado = pet hate.* lo más importante = most of all, at its core.* lo más interesante = highlights.* lo más mínimo = so much as.* lo más novedoso = the last word.* lo más odiado = pet hate.* lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.* lo más probable es que = most probably.* lo más recio de = brunt of, the.* lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.* lo máximo = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.* lo mejor = the top of the tree.* lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.* lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.* lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.* lo mejor de todo = best of all.* lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.* lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....* lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.* lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.* lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.* lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.* lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.* lo menos posible = as little as possible.* lo mínimo = bare minimum, bare necessities, the.* lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.* lo mismo ocurre en el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).* lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.* lo mismo que antes = the same as before.* lo mismo que para = the same as that for.* lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).* lo molesto de = cumbersomeness.* lo mucho que = how extensively.* lo noble = high-mindedness.* lo no convencional = unconventional, the.* lo normal + ser + que = there + be + a tendency (to/for), there + be + a tendency (to/for).* lo oportuno = timeliness.* lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.* lo peor de = brunt of, the.* lo peor del = the armpit of the.* lo pintoresco = quaintness.* lo plano = flatness.* lo poco común = rarity, rareness.* lo poco convencional = unconventional, the.* lo primero = for one, first off.* lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.* lo prometido es deuda = a promise is a promise.* lo propicio = propitiousness.* lo público = publicness.* lo que = that which, what.* lo que aguarda a = what is on store for.* lo que Algo o Alguien se merece, lo que le corresponde, bastante = fair share, fair share.* lo que a uno cura a otro mata = one man's meat is another man's poison.* lo que demuestra que = which (just) goes to show that.* lo que el futuro depara a = what is on store for.* lo que es aun más inquietante = more disturbingly.* lo que es aun más preocupante = more disturbingly.* lo que es aun mejor = better still.* lo que es aun peor = worse still.* lo que es bueno para uno es bueno para otro = what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.* lo que es bueno para uno también es bueno para otro = what's good for the goose is good for the gander.* lo que es más = what is more, what's more.* lo que es más importante = most importantly, more importantly, most of all, most important.* lo que es mejor aun = better still.* lo que es muy importante = importantly.* lo que es peor = what's worse.* lo que es peor aun = worse still.* lo que espera a = what is on store for.* lo que está bien y lo que está mal = rights and wrongs.* lo que existe (en el mercado) = what's out there.* lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.* lo que hay (en el mercado) = what's out there.* lo que hay que hacer = do + the right thing, the way to go.* lo que hay que hacer y lo que hay que evitar = do's and don'ts, rights and wrongs.* lo que le corresponde = fair share.* lo que nos espera = things to come.* lo que quiera que = whatever.* lo que sea = something or other.* lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.* lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.* lo que + ser = what + be like.* lo que se suele pagar = going rate, the.* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.* lo que vale para tí también vale para mí = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.* lo rural = rurality.* los = the, ye.* los 365 días del año = year-round.* los 40 principales = Top 40 singles chart.* los abajo firmantes = the parties hereto.* los acontecimientos = the course of events.* lo sagrado = sacredness.* los albores de = the dawn of.* los años cincuenta = fifties.* los años treinta = thirties.* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = lose + sight of the forest for the trees.* los avatares de la guerra = the tides of war.* los buenos tiempos = the good old days.* los comienzos de = the dawn of.* los constantes cambios de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.* los de = those for, those in.* los demás = rest, the, everybody else.* los detalles de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* los días antes de = leading up to.* los dos = both, both of them, both of which.* los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.* los gobernantes = the powers-that-be.* los hay para dar y regalar = there's one born every minute.* los mandamás = the powers-that-be.* los más necesitados = those most in need.* los más pobres + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.* los menos locuaces = inarticulate, the.* los motivos de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.* los necesitados = the needy.* los orígenes de = the dawn of.* los otros con los que aparece(n) = neighbours [neighbors, -USA].* los peores + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.* los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.* los pormenores de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.* Los Principios de París = Paris Principles.* los que = those who.* los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.* los que mandan = the powers-that-be.* los que no han recibido formación específica = uninstructed, the.* los que + Verbo = those + Participio.* los tribunales = the Bench.* lo suficientemente cerca = within range.* lo suficientemente cerca como para oír = within earshot of.* lo suficientemente estúpido como para = dumb enough to.* lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.* lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.* los últimos coletazos = fag-end.* lo sumo = the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks, the cat's pyjamas.* los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.* los viejos tiempos = the good old days.* lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.* lo último = the last word.* lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.* lo vanguardista = cutting edge.* lo yidish = Yiddica.* parmarlas = kick + the bucket.* ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.* * *[ the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or, ha e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]A (con un referente único, conocido o que se define) theel sol the sunel lápiz/la goma/los lápices/las gomas que compré the pencil/the eraser/the pencils/the erasers I boughtno, ése no, el que te presté ayer/el de Julio/el rojo no, not that one, the one I lent you yesterday/Julio's/the red oneen la calle Solís in Solís Streetprefiero el mío/los tuyos I prefer mine/yoursme atendió el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers served meyo soy la arquitecta, ella es lexicógrafa I'm the architect, she's a lexicographeryo fui la que lo rompí or rompió I was the one who broke itlos nacidos entre … those born between …los que faltamos ayer those of us who weren't here yesterday¿cuál es Ardiles? — el del sombrero negro which one's Ardiles? — the one with the black hatun encuentro al que asistieron muchas personalidades a meeting which was attended by many well known peoplela obra de la que or de la cual hablábamos the play we were talking aboutB(con sustantivos en sentido genérico): me encanta la ópera I love operaodio el pescado I hate fishasí es la vida that's life(nosotros) los mexicanos lo sabemos muy bien we Mexicans know only too well¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?en el mar at seaviajar por el espacio to travel in spaceC(en expresiones de tiempo): ocurrió el domingo de Pascua/en el verano del 76 it happened on Easter Sunday/in the summer of '76mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28el mes pasado/que viene last/next monthno trabaja los sábados she doesn't work (on) Saturdaysestudió toda la mañana he studied all morninga las ocho at eight o'clock, at eighta eso de las seis around six o'clockD(cada): lo venden a $80 el kilo/metro they're selling it at $80 a kilo/a meter o at $80 per kilo/meter¿cuánto cuesta el paquete de diez? how much does a packet of ten cost?E(con fracciones, porcentajes, números): me dio la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero she gave me half the money/a quarter of the moneyel 20% de los peruanos 20% of Peruvians(refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc): con las manos en los bolsillos with my/your/his hands in my/your/his pockets¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!tienes la falda sucia your skirt is dirtytienes el suéter puesto al revés you've got your sweater on inside outtiene el pelo largo/los ojos azules he has long hair/blue eyes1(con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc): llamó el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal/el general Santos Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal/General Santos phonedel gran Caruso the Great Caruso2(con nombres de mujeres famosas): la última película de la Monroe Monroe's last movie3(en plural): los Ortega (matrimonio) the Ortegas, Mr and Mrs Ortega; (familia) the Ortegas, the Ortega familya los Josés se les suele llamar Pepe people called José are often known as Pepe4 (fam: en muchas regiones crit)(con nombres de pila): pregúntale a la Carmen/al Ricardo ask Carmen/Ricardo5(con algunos nombres geográficos): en la India in Indiaen (el) Perú in Peru6(al calificar): la España de Franco Franco's Spainel Buñuel que todos conocemos the Buñuel we all knowla Italia del siglo pasado Italy in the last century7(con algunos equipos deportivos): juegan contra el Juventus/el Barcelona they're playing against Juventus/BarcelonaH el(con infinitivo): odiaba el tener que pedírselo he hated having to ask heres cuidadoso y pausado en el hablar he's careful and deliberate in the way he speaksel frenético girar de los bailarines the frenzied spinning of the dancers* * *
Multiple Entries:
el
él
el (pl◊ los), la (pl las) art the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina
1
así es la vida that's life;
(nosotros) los mexicanos we Mexicans;
¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?
las tuyas yours;
el último the last one;
el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers
2a) el + de:
el de las nueve the nine o'clock one;
el de mi hijo my son'sb) el + que:
los que estén cansados;
those who are tired, anyone who's tired;
la que te guste whichever you like
3 ( en expresiones de tiempo):
mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28;
el mes pasado last month;
toda la mañana all morning;
a las ocho at eight o'clock
4 ( cada):◊ $80 el metro/kilo $80 a meter/a kilo, $80 per kilo/meter
5 (con fracciones, porcentajes, números):◊ la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero half the money/a quarter of the money;
el 20% de … 20% of …
6 (con partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc):
¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!;
tiene los ojos azules he has blue eyes
7a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc):◊ el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal;
los Ortega the Ortegas
ver África, Argentina, etc
él pron pers
◊ ¿quién se lo va a decir? — él who's going to tell her? — he is;
lo hizo él mismo he did it himself;
fue él it was him
( refiriéndose a cosas) it;◊ llegué antes que él I arrived before him o before he did;
con/para él with/for him;
son de él they're his
el art def m
1 the
2 (no se traduce) (ante un tratamiento formal) el sr. Gómez, Mr Gomez
(cuando el sustantivo es general) el hambre/tiempo, hunger/time
3 (se traduce por un posesivo) (con partes del cuerpo) se ha cortado el pelo, she's cut her hair
(prendas) se lo metió en el bolsillo, he put it in his pocket
(pertenencias) guarda el diario en el cajón, put your diary into the drawer
4 (con días de la semana) iré el miércoles, I'll go on Wednesday
5 (cuando el sustantivo está elidido) the one: prefiero el azul, I prefer the blue one
el de las diez, the ten o'clock one
el que está en la mesa, the one that's on the table
el que más nos guste, whichever one we like best
(delante de un posesivo) el de María, Maria's
es el mío, it's mine
él pron pers
1 (sujeto) (persona) he
(animal, cosa) it: fue él, it was him, fue él el que..., it was him that... o it was he who...
2 (complemento) (persona) him
(animal, cosa) it
dáselo a él, give it to him, es para él, it's for him
3 (posesivo) de él, his
4 (oración comparativa) ella es mejor que él, she's better than him o she's better than he is
'él' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abajo
- abalanzarse
- abaratarse
- abarquillarse
- abarrotar
- abarrotada
- abarrotado
- abastecimiento
- abatir
- abatimiento
- abdicar
- abierta
- abierto
- abismo
- abogada
- abogado
- abominar
- abominable
- abordar
- aborigen
- aborregarse
- abortar
- abotargada
- abotargado
- abrir
- abreviar
- abrirse
- absoluta
- absoluto
- abstención
- abundancia
- acabar
- acabarse
- acabose
- acallar
- acanallar
- accionariado
- acero
- achacosa
- achacoso
- achatamiento
- achicharrarse
- aclarar
- aclarado
- acomodarse
- acompañar
- acondicionar
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
English:
A
- abandon
- ABC
- ability
- about
- above
- abroad
- abseil
- absence
- absent
- absolute
- absolve
- absorb
- abstract
- academic
- accelerate
- accommodate
- accomplice
- account
- accurately
- accusation
- accused
- accustom
- aching
- act
- act on
- act up
- actual
- actually
- acute
- address
- adequately
- adjourn
- admission
- admit
- advance
- advanced
- advantage
- advantageous
- advise
- advocate
- affair
- afford
- afloat
- afraid
- after
- against
- age
- agenda
- aggregate
* * *el (f la, mpl los, fpl las) art determinado el is used instead of la before feminine nouns which are stressed on the first syllable and begin with “a” or “ha” (e.g. el agua, el hacha). Note that el combines with the prepositions a and de to produce the contracted forms al and del.1. [con valor especificador] the;el coche the car;la casa the house;los niños the children;el agua/hacha/águila the water/axe/eagle;fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the childrenla vida life;el hombre Man, human beings;los derechos de la mujer women's rights;los niños imitan a los adultos children copy adults;el pan es un alimento básico bread is a basic food;la mayoría de la gente no la conoce most people don't know her;vuelve el biquini bikinis are backse quitó los zapatos she took her shoes off;tiene el pelo oscuro he has dark hair;me han robado la maleta my suitcase has been stolen;se dieron la mano they shook handslos domingos vamos al cine we go to the movies (on) Sundays;llegaré el 1 de mayo [escrito] I'll arrive on 1 May;[hablado] I'll arrive on the first of May;son las siete it's seven o'clock;el año pasado/que viene last/next yearel Everest (Mount) Everest;la India India;La Haya The Hague;El Cairo Cairo;la España de la posguerra post-war Spainel señor/el doctor Juárez Mr/Doctor Juárez;los Amaya [matrimonio] Mr and Mrs Amaya, the Amayas;[familia completa] the Amayas, the Amaya family;los Austrias the Hapsburgs;el Hitler español the Spanish Hitler8. [con numerales, porcentajes, fracciones]el siete es mi número de la suerte seven's my lucky number;llegó el tercero he came third;el tercer piso the third floor;un aumento del 30 por ciento a 30 percent increase;la quinta parte (de) a fifth (of);el 20 por ciento (de) 20 percent (of)10. [con complemento especificativo]el/la del sombrero the one with the hat;los/las de azul [cosas] the blue ones;[personas] the ones in blue;he perdido el tren, cogeré el de las nueve I've missed the train, I'll get the nine o'clock one;el de aquí this one here;¿los del parque son amigos tuyos? were those people in the park friends of yours?;prefiero las del escaparate I prefer the ones in the window;los del fondo no se callan the people at the back won't shut upel mío mine;la tuya yours;los suyos theirsel/la mejor the best;es la mejor de la clase she's the best in the class, she's top of the class;los seleccionados realizarán un examen those chosen will sit an exam;el tonto de Ignacio se equivocó that idiot Ignacio got it wronges amante del buen comer she loves good food;me sienta mal el tener que decírtelo I don't like to have to tell you14. [con frases subordinadas][persona] whoever;el/la que [cosa] whichever;los/las que [cosas] whichever;[personas] whoever;coge el/los que quieras take whichever you like;el que más corra whoever runs fastest, the one who runs the fastest;las que quieran venir que levanten la mano those who want to come o anyone who wants to come should put their hand up;el que no te guste no quiere decir que sea malo the fact that you don't like him doesn't make him a bad person15. [con valor enfático]¡la pena que me dio verlo en ese estado! I felt so sorry for him when I saw him in that state!* * *elI art theII pron:el de … that of …;el de Juan Juan’s;el más grande the biggest (one);el que está … the one that is …* * *él pron: he, himél es mi amigo: he's my friendhablaremos con él: we will speak with himel pron, (referring to masculine nouns)1) : the onetengo mi libro y el tuyo: I have my book and yoursde los cantantes me gusta el de México: I prefer the singer from México2)el que : he who, whoever, the one thatel que vino ayer: the one who came yesterdayel que trabaja duro estará contento: he who works hard will be happyel, la art, pl los, las : thelos niños están en la casa: the boys are in the houseme duele el pie: my foot hurts* * *el det1. the¿qué te pareció el libro? what did you think of the book?2. (posesivo) my / your / his / her etcétera¿te has cortado el pelo? have you had your hair cut?3. (característica) the one¿cuál prefieres? el azul which one do you prefer? the blue one¡Ojo! Algunas veces no se traduce¿quieres salir el sábado? do you want to go out on Saturday?el Sr. García Mr. Garcíacon el que that... withen el que that... in -
18 महा _mahā
1महा A cow.2महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)-Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.-अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.-(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.-2 a kind of rat.-3 N. of Śiva.-अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.-अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.-अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.-अध्वरः a great sacrifice.-अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.-2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.-अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.-अनुभाव a.1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.-2 virtuous, righteous, just.(-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.-2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.-अन्तकः 1 death.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.-2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.-अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.-अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.-अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.-अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).-अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.-अम्बुजम् a billion.-अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.-अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail.-अर्घ्य a.1 valuable, precious.-2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.-अर्चिस् a. flaming high.-अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.-2 N. of Śiva.-अर्थ a.1 rich.-2 great, noble, dignified.-3 important, weighty.-4 significant.-अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.-अर्ह a.1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.-2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood.-अवरोहः the fig-tree.-अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.- अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.-अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.-अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......-असिः a large sword.-असुरी N. of Durgā.-अह्नः the afternoon.-आकार a. extensive, large, great.-आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.-आत्मन् a.1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.-2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.-3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.-2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).-आनकः a kind of large drum.-आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.-2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.(-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.-2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.-आपगा a great river.-आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.-आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize.-आलयः 1 a temple in general.-2 a sanctuary, an asylum.-3 a great dwelling.-4 a place of pilgrimage.-5 the world of Brahman.-6 the Supreme Spirit.-7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.-8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.-9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (-या) N. of a particular deity.- आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.(-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.-2 the ocean.-आस्पद a.1 occupying a great position.-2 mighty, powerful.-आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.-इच्छ a.1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.-2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.-इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.-2 a chief or leader in general.-3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.-इभ्य a. very rich.-इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.-इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.-ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.-ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.-ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.-2 N. of Śiva.-3 of Viṣṇu.-4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).-5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.(-री) 1 N. of Durgā.-2 a kind of bell-metal.-उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.-उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird.-उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.-2 the god of love.-उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.(-हः) 1 perseverance.-2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.-उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.-2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.- उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.(-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.-2 final beatitude.-3 a lord, master.-4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.-5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.-6 sour milk mixed with honey.-7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).- उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.-(रम्) 1 a big belly.-2 dropsy.-उदार a.1 very generous or magnanimous.-2 mighty, powerful.-उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.-उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.-उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).-उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree.-उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.-उपकारः a great obligation.-उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.-उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.-उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.-उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.-उल्का 1 a great meteor.-2 a great fire-brand.-ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.-ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.-ऋषभः a great bull.-ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').-2 N. of Sacute;iva.-3 of Buddha.-ओघ a. having a strong current.-घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.-ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.-ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.-ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).-ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).-ओषधिः f.1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.-2 the Dūrvā grass.-3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....-औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.-2 ginger.-3 garlic.-4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).-कच्छः 1 the sea.-2 N. of Varuṇa.-3 a mountain.-कन्दः garlic.-कपर्दः a kind of shell.-कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.-2 red garlic.-कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.-कर a.1 large-handed.-2 having a large revenue.-कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.-कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.-कला the night of the new moon.-कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.-कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.-2 an epithet of Śukra.-कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).-कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth.-काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.(-यः) 1 an elephant.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-3 of Viṣṇu.-4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).-कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.-कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.-कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.-2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.-3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.-4 N. of a kind of gourd.-5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.-काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.-काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).-कीर्तनम् a house.-कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.-कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.-कुहः a species of parasitical worm.-कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.-केतुः N. of Śiva.-केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.-2 a large sheath.-क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.-क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.-क्षत्रपः a great satrap.-क्षीरः sugar-cane.-क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.-खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).-गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.-गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.-गदः fever.-गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.-गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.-गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.-गल a. longnecked.-गवः Bos gavaeus.-गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.-गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).-गुल्मा the Soma plant.-गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.-ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.-2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.-ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.-ग्रीवः 1 a camel.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-ग्रीविन् m. a camel.-घूर्णा spirituous liquor.-घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).-घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour.-चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.-चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.-चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.-चपला a kind of metre.-चमूः f. a large army.-छायः the fig-tree.-जङ्घः a camel.-जटः an epithet of Śiva.-जटा 1 a great braid of hair.-2 the matted hair of Śiva.-जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.-जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.-2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.-3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.-4 the chief of a caste or trade.-5 a merchant, tradesman.-जवः an antelope.-जातीय a.1 rather large.-2 of an excellent kind.-जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)-जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.-ज्ञानिन् m.1 a very learned man.-2 a great sage.-3 N. of Śiva.-ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.-ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.-ज्वरः great affliction.-ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.(-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.-2 a sacrificial fire.-डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).-तपस् m.1 a great ascetic.-2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.-तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.-तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.-तिक्तः the Nimba tree.-तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.-तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.-तेजस् a.1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.-2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)1 a hero, warrior.-2 fire.-3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.-त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.-दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.-दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-दण्डः 1 a long arm.-2 a severe punishment.-दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.-दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.-दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.-दारु n. the devadāru tree.-दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.-दूषकः a kind of grain.-देवः N. of Śiva.(-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.-2 the chief queen.-द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.-द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.-धन a.1 rich.-2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.(-नम्) 1 gold.-2 incense.-3 a costly or rich dress.-4 agriculture, husbandry.-5 anything costly or precious.-6 great booty.-7 a great battle (Ved.).-धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.-धातुः 1 gold.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-3 lymph.-4 N. of Meru.-धी a. having a great understanding.-धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.-ध्वजः a camel.-ध्वनिक a. dead.-नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.-नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.-नदः a great river.-नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.-2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.-नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.-2 N. of a river.-3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....-नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.-नलः a kind of reed.-नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.-नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥-नाडी sinew, tendon.-नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.-2 a great drum.-3 a thunder-cloud.-4 a shell.-5 an elephant.-6 a lion.-7 the ear.-8 a camel.-9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument.-नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.-2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.-नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.-2 a great head or chief.-नासः an epithet of Śiva.-निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.-निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.-नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).-निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्-2 an epithet of Durgā.-नीचः a washerman.-नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.-नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.-नेमिः a crow.-न्यायः the chief rule.-पक्ष a.1 having many adherents.-2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.(-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.-2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl.-पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.-पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥-पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥-पटः the skin.-पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.-2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.-3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.-4 an epithet of Śiva.-5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.-6 the way to heaven.-7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.-पथिक a.1 undertaking great journeys.-2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)-पद्मः 1 a particular high number.-2 N. of Nārada.-3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.-4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.-5 an epithet of Nanda.-6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.(-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.-2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.-पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.-पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.-पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.-पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.-पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.-2 any great sin or transgression.-पात्रः a prime minister.-पादः an epithet of Śiva.-पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.-पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.-पुंसः a great man.-पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.-2 the Supreme Spirit.-3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.-पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.-पुष्पः a kind of worm.-पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.-पृष्ठः a camel.-पोटगलः a kind of large reed.-प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.-प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.-प्रपञ्चः the great universe.-प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp.-प्रभुः 1 a great lord.-2 a king, sovereign.-3 a chief.-4 an epithet of Indra.-5 of Śiva-6 of Viṣṇu.-7 a great saint or holy man.-प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.-प्रश्नः a knotty question.-प्रसादः 1 a great favour.-2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः-प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.-2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.-प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.-2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.-3 a raven.-प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.-प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.-प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.-फल a.1 bearing much fruit.-2 bringing much reward.(-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.-2 a kind of spear.(-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.-2 a testicle.-फेना the cuttle-fish bone.-बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.-बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.-बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām(-लः) 1 wind, storm.-2 a Buddha.-3 a solid bamboo.-4 a palm.-5 a crocodile.-बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.-बाध a. causing great pain or damage.-बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.-बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.-2 the heart.-3 a water-jar, pitcher.-4 a hole, cave.-बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.-बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.-बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.-बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).-बुशः barley.-बृहती a kind of metre.-बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.-2 a Buddha.-ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.-ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.-2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.-भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.-भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.-भाग a.1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.-2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.-3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.-भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.-2 great excel- lence or merit.-भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.-भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.-भाण्डम् a chief treasury.-भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते-भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.-2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.-भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.-भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).-भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.-भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.-भुज a. long-armed, powerful.-भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.(-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.-2 a great creature.-भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.-2 a great coil or hood; great winding.-3 a serpent. (-गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.-मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.-2 N. of Śiva.-मति a.1 high-minded.-2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.-मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.-मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut.-मनस्, -मनस्क a.1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.-2 liberal.-3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.-मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.-2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.-मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.-मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.-मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.-महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.-महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).-महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.-2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.-मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).-माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.-मात्र a.1 great in measure, very great or large.-2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.(-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.-2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.-3 a superintendent of elephants.(-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.-2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.-मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.-मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.-मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.-2 of Viṣṇu.-माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.-2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.-मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.-मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.-2 an epithet of Durgā.-मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.-मालः N. of Śiva.-माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.-मुखः a crocodile.-मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).-मुनिः 1 a great sage.-2 N. of Vyāsa.-3 an epithet of Buddha.-4 of Agastya.-5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.)1 coriander seed.-2 any medicinal herb or drug.-मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.-मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.-मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion.-मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby.-मृगः 1 any large animal.-2 an elephant,-3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.-मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.-मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.-मृधम् a great battle.-मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.-मेधा an epithet of Durgā.-मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā.-यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).-2 N. of Viṣṇu.-यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.-यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.-यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.-यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).-याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.-युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.-योगिन् m.1 an epithet of Śiva.-2 of Viṣṇu.-3 a cock.-योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.-रक्तम् coral.-रङ्गः a large stage.-रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.-2 the thorn-apple.-रजनम् 1 safflower.-2 gold.-3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.-रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.-रथः 1 a great chariot.-2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).-3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.-रवः a frog.-रस a. very savoury.(-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.-2 quicksilver.-3 a precious mineral.-4 the fruit of the date tree.-5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater.-राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.-2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.-3 a deified Jaina teacher.-4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.-राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.-राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).-राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.-राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.-2 N. of Durgā.-रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.-रात्रिः, -त्री f.1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.-2 midnight.-3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.-राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.-2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.-रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.-रुज्, -ज a. very painful.-रुद्रः a form of Śiva.-रुरुः a species of antelope.-रूप a. mighty in form.(-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.-2 resin.-रूपकम् a kind of drama.-रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.-रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).-रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā.-रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.-लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.-2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.-लयः 1 a great world destruction.-2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).-लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.-लोलः a crow.-लोहम् a magnet.-वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).-वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.-वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.-वरा Dūrvā grass.-वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.-वर्तनम् high wages;-वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.-2 a large creeping plant.-वसः the porpoise.-वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.-वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.-2 any continuous composition or literary work.-3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.-4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.-वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.-वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.-वायुः 1 air (as an element).-2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.-वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.-विडम् a kind of factitious salt.-विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.-विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥-विपुला a kind of metre.-विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.-विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.-विषः a serpent having two mouths.-विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).-विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.-वीचिः N. of a hell.-वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.-2 a lion.-3 the thunderbolt of Indra.-4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.-5 of Garuḍa.-6 of Hanumat.-7 a cuckoo.-8 a white horse.-9 a sacrificial fire.-1 a sacrificial vessel.-11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.-वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.(-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.-2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub.-2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.-वृषः a great bull.-वेग a.1 very swift or fleet.(-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.-2 an ape.-3 the bird Garuḍa.-वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).-वेल a. billowy.-व्याधिः f.1 a great disease.-2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).-व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.-व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.(-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).-2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.-व्रतिन् m.1 a devotee, an ascetic.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.-2 of Kārtikeya.-शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.-शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.-2 the temporal bone, forehead.-3 a human bone.-4 a particular high number.-5 one of Kubera's treasures.-शठः a kind of thorn-apple.-शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.-शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.-शालः a great householder.-शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.-शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.-शासन a.1 exercising great power.-2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.(-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.-2 great order of government.-शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.-शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,-शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.-शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.-शुभ्रम् silver.-शूद्रः (-द्री f.)1 a Sūdra in a high position.-2 a cowherd.-3 an upper servant. (-द्री) a female cow-keeper. (-द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.-शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.-शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.-2 the शरभ animal.-श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.-श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).-श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.-2 a Jain monk.-श्लक्ष्णा sand.-श्वासः a kind of asthma.-श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.-2 of Durgā.-3 white sugar.-संहिता great combi- nation.-संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.-सती a very chaste woman.-सत्ता absolute existence.-सत्यः an epithet of Yama.-सत्त्व a.1 noble.-2 very strong or powerful.-3 just, righteous.(-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.-2 N. of Sākyamuni.-3 an epithet of Kubera.-संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.-सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.-सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.-समुद्रः the great ocean.-सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).-सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.-साधनभागः a great executive officer.-सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.-सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.-सामन्तः a great vassal.-सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.-सारः a kind of Khadira tree.-सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.-साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.-साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.-सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.-सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.-सुखम् 1 great pleasure.-2 copulation. (-खः) a Buddha.-सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.-सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.-सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.-सुभिक्षम् good times.-सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.-सूक्ष्मा sand.-सूतः a mili- tary drum.-सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.-2 the commander of a large army. (-ना) a great army.-स्कन्धः a camel.-स्थली the earth.-स्थानम् a great position.-स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.-स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.-स्रोतस् n. the bowels.-स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.-स्वनः a kind of drum.-हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-हविस् n. clarified butter.-हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.-हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.-हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.-ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली). -
19 सु _su
1सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)1 To press out or extract juice.-2 To distil.-3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.-4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).-5 To bathe.-6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.2सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.-2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.-3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.-4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.-5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.-6 Worthy of respect or reverence.-7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.-Comp. -अक्ष a.1 having good eyes.-2 having keen organs, acute.-अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.-अच्छ a. see s. v.-अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.-अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.-अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.-आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.- आगत see s. v.-आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.-आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.-इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.-उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).(-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.-2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.1 a hymn.-2 praise, a word of praise.-उक्तिः f.1 a good or friendly speech.-2 a good or clever saying.-3 a correct sentence.-उत्तर a.1 very superior.-2 well towards the north.-उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.-उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.- उपसदन a. easy to be approached.-उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.-कण्टका the aloe plant.-कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.-कण्डुः itch.-कन्दः 1 an onion.-2 a yam.-3 a sort of grass.-कन्दकः onion.-कर a. (-रा or-री f.)1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.-2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence.-कर्मन् a.1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.-2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.-कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)-कलिल a. well filled with.-कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.-कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.-कल्य a. perfectly sound.-काण्डः the Kāravella plant.-काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.-काण्डिन् a.1 having beautiful stems.-2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.-काष्ठम् fire-wood.-कुन्दकः an onion.-कुमार a.1 very delicate or soft, smooth.-2 beautifully young or youthful.(-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.-2 a kind of sugar-cane.-3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).-4 a kind of mustard.-5 the wild Cham- paka.(-रा) 1 the double jasmine.-2 the plantain.-3 the great-flowered jasmine.-कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.-2 rice (शालि).(-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.-2 a particutar part of the ear.-कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.-कृत् a.1 doing good, benevolent.-2 pious, virtuous, righteous.-3 wise, learned.-4 for- tunate, lucky.-5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)1 a skilful worker.-2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.-कृत a.1 done well or properly.-2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.-3 well made or constructed.-4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.-5 virtuous, righteous, pious.-6 lucky, fortunate.(-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.-2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.-3 fortune, auspiciousness.-4 recompense, reward.-5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.-कृतिः f.1 well-doing, a good act.-2 kindness, virtue.-3 practice of penance.-4 auspiciousness.-कृतिन् a.1 acting well or kindly.-2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.-3 wise, learned.-4 benevolent.-5 fortunate, lucky.-कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.-केश(स)रः the citron tree.-क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.-2 of Śiva.-3 of Indra.-4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.-5 of the sun.-6 of Soma.-क्रयः a fair bargain.-क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.-खल्लिका luxurious life.-ग a.1 going gracefully or well.-2 graceful, elegant.-3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.-4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.(-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.-2 happiness.-गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.-गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.-गत a.1 well-gone or passed.-2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha.-गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.-2 a secure refuge.-गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.-2 sulphur.-3 a trader.(-न्धम्) 1 sandal.-2 small cumin seed.-3 a blue lotus.-4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil.-गन्धकः 1 sulphur.-2 the red Tulasee.-3 the orange.-4 a kind of gourd,-गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.-गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.-गन्धि a.1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.-2 virtuous, pious.(-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.-2 the Supreme Being.-3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.)1 the root of long pepper.-2 a kind of fragrant grass.-3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला1 nutmeg.-2 areca nut.-3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.-गन्धिकः 1 incense.-2 sulphur.-3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus.-गम a.1 easy of access, accessible.-2 easy.-3 plain, intelligible.-गरम् cinnabar.-गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.-गात्री a beautiful woman.-गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.-गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.-गृहीत a.1 held well or firmly, grasped.-2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.-ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.-ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.(-वः) 1 a hero.-2 a swan.-3 a kind of weapon.-4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.-5 of Śiva.-6 of Indra.-7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.-ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.-घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.-चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)1 discerning or wise man, learned man.-2 The glomerous fig-tree.-चरित, -चरित्र a.1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.-2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.-2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.-चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.-चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.-2 a kind of speckled snake.-चित्रा a kind of gourd.-चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.-चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.-चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.-चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.-चेतस् a.1 well-minded.-2 wise.-चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.-चेलकः a fine cloth.-च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.-छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej.-जन a.1 good, virtuous, respectable.-2 kind, benevolent.(-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.-2 a gentleman.-3 N. of Indra's charioteer.-जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.-2 a number of good men.-3 bravery.-जन्मन् a.1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.-2 legitimate, lawfully born.-जलम् a lotus.-जल्पः 1 a good speech.-2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥-जात a.1 well-grown, tall.-2 well made or produced.-3 of high birth.-4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.-5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.-डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).-तनु a.1 having a beautiful body.-2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.-3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.-तन्त्री a.1 well-stringed.-2 (hence) melodious.-तपस् a.1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.-2 having great heat. (-m.)1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.-2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.-तप्त a.1 greatly harassed, afflicted.-2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.-तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.-तराम् ind.1 bet- ter, more excellently.-2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.-3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.-4 consequently.-तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.-तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).-तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.-2 the foundation of a large building.-तान a. melodious.-तार a.1 very bright.-2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.-3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.-तिक्तकः the coral tree.-तीक्ष्ण a.1 very sharp.-2 very pungent.-3 acutely painful.(-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.-2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.-तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.-2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.-तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.(-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.-2 the culminating point of a planet.-तुमुल a. very loud.-तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow.-तेजस् a.1 very sharp.-2 very bright, or splendid.-3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.-दक्षिण a.1 very sincere or upright.-2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.-3 very skilful.-4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.-दण्डः a cane, ratan.-दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.-दन्तः 1 a good tooth.-2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.-दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).-दर्शन a. (-ना or-नी f.)1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.-2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.-2 N. of Śiva.-3 of mount Meru.-4 a vul- ture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.-दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.-2 a woman.-3 an order, a command.-4 a kind of drug.-दास् a. very bountiful.-दान्तः a Buddhist.-दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)1 a cloud.-2 a moun- tain.-3 the sea.-4 N. of Indra's elephant.-5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.-दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.-2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.-3 one who offers such a gift.-दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.-2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.-दिह् a. well-polished, bright.-दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber.-दुराधर्ष a.1 very hard to get.-2 quite intolerable.-दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.-दुरासद a. unapproachable.-दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.-दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.-दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.-दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.-दुश्चर a.1 inaccessible.-2 very painful.-दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.-दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.-दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means1 to a great distance.-2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.-सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').-दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.-दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.-देशिकः a good guide.-धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)1 a good archer or bowman.-2 Ananta, the great serpent.-3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.-धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)1 the hall or palace of Indra.-2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.-धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.-2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.-धात a. well cleaned.-धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).-धित a. Ved.1 perfect, secure.-2 kind, good.-3 happy, prosperous.-4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).-धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.-2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या1 a woman.-2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.-3 a sort of pigment.-ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.-नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.-नन्दः a kind of royal palace.-नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.-2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.-3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.-नयः 1 good conduct.-2 good policy.- नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (-नः) a deer.(-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.-2 a woman in general.-नाभ a.1 having a beautiful navel.-2 having a good nave or cen- tre.(-भः) 1 a mountain.-2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.-नालम् a red water-lily.-निःष्ठित a. quite ready.-निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.-निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.-निरूहणम् a good purgative.-निर्णिक्त a. well polished.-निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.-निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).-निहित a. well-established.-नीत a.1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.-2 polite, civil.(-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.-2 good policy or prodence.-नीतिः f.1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.-2 good policy.-3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.-नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.(-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.-2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.-3 Ved. a good leader.-नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax.(-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.-नु n. water.-नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.-पक्व a.1 well-cooked.-2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.-पठ a. legible.-पत्नी a woman having a good husband.-पत्र a.1 having beautiful wings.-2 well-feathered (an arrow).-पथः 1 a good road.-2 a good course.-3 good conduct.-पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.-पद्मा orris root.-परीक्षित a. well-examined.-पर्ण a. (-र्णा or-र्णी f.)1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.-2 having good or beautiful leaves.(-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.-2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.-3 any supernatural bird.-4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.-5 a cock.-6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.-7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.-पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.-पर्णा, -पर्णी f.1 a number of lotuses.-2 a pool abounding in lotuses.-3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.-पर्यवदात a. very clean.-पर्याप्त a.1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.-2 well-fitted.-पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)1 a bam- boo.-2 an arrow.-3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.-4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).-5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.-पलायित a.1 completely fled or run away.-2 skilfully retreated.-पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).-पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.-2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.-पाद् (-पाद् or-पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.-पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).-2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.-पालि a. distinguished.-पीतम् 1 a carrot.-2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta.-पुंसी a woman having a good husband.-पुरम् a strong fortress.-पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or-ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.(-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.-2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree.(-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.-2 the menstrual excretion.-पुष्पित a.1 well blossomed, being in full flower.-2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.-पूर a.1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.-2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).-पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.-पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.-प्रकाश a.1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.-2 public, notorious.-प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.-प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.-प्रतिष्ठ a.1 standing well.-2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.(-ष्ठा) 1 good position.-2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.-3 esta- blishment, erection.-4 installation, consecration.-प्रतिष्ठित a.1 well-established.-2 consecrated.-3 ce- lebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree.-प्रतिष्णात a.1 thoroughly purified.-2 well-versed in.-3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.-प्रतीक a.1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.-2 having a beau- tiful trunk.(-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.-2 of Śiva.-3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.-4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.-प्रपाणम् a good tank.-प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.-प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.-2 the earliest dawn.-प्रभावः omnipotence.-प्रमाण a. large-sized.-प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.-प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.-2 close contact.-3 dexterity.-प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.-प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.-प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva.-प्रातम् a fine morning.-प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.(-या) 1 a charming woman.-2 a beloved mistress.-प्रौढा a marriageable girl.-फल a.1 very fruitful, very productive.-2 very fertile.(-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.-2 the jujube.-3 the Karṇikāra tree.-4 a kind of bean.(-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.-2 the plan- tain tree.-3 a variety of brown grape.-4 colocynth.-फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.-बन्धः sesamum.-बभ्रु a. dark-brown.-बल a. very powerful.(-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.-2 N. of the father of Śakuni.-बान्धवः N. of Śiva.-बाल a. very childish.-बाहु a.1 handsome- armed.-2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.-बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.(-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.-2 the poppy.-बोध a.1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice.-ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.-2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.-भग a.1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.-2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.-3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.-4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.-5 illustrious.(-गः) 1 borax.-2 the Aśoka tree.-3 the Champaka tree.-4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.-2 vain, flattering oneself.-भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.-2 an honoured mother.-3 a kind of wild jasmine.-4 turmeric.-5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.-6 the holy basil.-7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.-8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.-9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.-भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.-भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.-भट्टः a learned man.-भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.-भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.-2 the Bilva tree.-भाषित a.1 spoken well or eloquent.(-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.-2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.-3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).-भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.-2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.-भीरकः the Palāśa tree.-भीरुकम् silver.-भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.-2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.-भूतिकः the Bilva tree.-भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.-भृत a.1 well-paid.-2 heavily laden.-भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)-मङ्गल a.1 very auspicious.-2 abounding in sacrifices.-मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.)1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.-2 a favour of the gods.-3 a gift, blessing.-4 a prayer, hymn.-5 a wish or desire.-6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.-मदनः the mango tree.-मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.-मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.-मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.-मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.-मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.(-नः) 1 wheat.-2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine.-मनस् a.1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.-2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence-सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)1 a god, divinity.-2 a learned man.-3 a student of the Vedas.-4 wheat.-5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)1 the great-flowered jasmine.-2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.-मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.-मन्तु a.1 advising well.-2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.-मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.-मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.-मर्दित a. much harassed.-मर्षण a. easy to be borne.-मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.-मुख a. (-खा or-खी f.)1 having a beautiful face, lovely.-2 pleasing.-3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.-4 favour- able, kind.-5 well-pointed (as an arrow).-6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.(-खः) 1 a learned man.-2 an epithet of Garuḍa.-3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.-4 of Śiva.(-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.-2 a kind of building.(-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.-2 a mirror.-मूलकम् a carrot.-मृत a. stone-dead.-मेखलः the Muñja grass.-मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.-मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.-2 N. of Śiva.-यन्त्रित a.1 well-governed.-2 self-controlled.-यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.-यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.-यामुनः 1 a palace.-2 N. of Viṣṇu.-युक्तः N. of Śiva.-योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.-2 good opportunity.-योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.-रक्त a.1 well coloured.-2 im- passioned.-3 very lovely.-4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.-रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.-2 a kind of mango tree.-रङ्गः 1 good colour.-2 the orange.-3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).(-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.-2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.-रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.-रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.-रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.-रत a.1 much sported.-2 playful.-3 much enjoyed.-4 compassionate, tender.(-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.-2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली1 a female messenger, a go-between.-2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.-रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.-रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.-2 sweet.-3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.(-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.-2 fragrant grass.-राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)1 a good king.-2 a divinity.-राजिका a small house-lizard.-राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.-2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.-रूप a.1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.-2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva.-रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.-रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.-रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin.-लक्षण a.1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.-2 fortunate.(-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.-2 a good or auspicious mark.-लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.-लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.-लभ a.1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.-2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.-3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.-लिखित a. well registered.-लुलित a.1 moving playfully.-2 greatly hurt, injured.-लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer.(-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.-2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.-लोहकम् brass.-लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.-वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.-2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.-वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.-वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.-वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.-वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.-2 linseed.-वर्चसः N. of Śiva.-वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.-वर्ण see s. v.-वर्तित 1 well rounded.-2 well arranged.-वर्तुलः a water-melon.-वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.-2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).-वह a.1 bearing well, patient.-2 patient, enduring.-3 easy to be borne-(-हा) 1 a lute.-2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.-वासः 1 N. of Śiva.-2 a pleasant dwelling.-3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.-वासकः a water-melon.-वासरा cress.-वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.-2 a married woman whose husband is alive.-विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism.-विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.-विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.-विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.-विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.-2 a king.-विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.-विदत् m. a king-विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.-2 wealth.-3 grace, favour.-विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.-विदल्ला a married woman.-विध a. of a good kind.-विधम् ind. easily.-विधिः a good rule, ordinance.-विनीत a.1 well trained, modest.-2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow.-विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.-विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.-विरूढ a.1 fully grown up or developed.-2 well ridden.-विविक्त a.1 solitary (as a wood).-2 well decided (as a question).-विहित a.1 well-placed, well-deposited.-2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.-3 well done or performed.-4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.-वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.(-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.-2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed.-वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.-2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.-वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.-वीर्य a.1 having great vigour.-2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.(-र्यम्) 1 great heroism-2 abundance of heroes.-3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton.-वृक्तिः f.1 a pure offering.-2 a hymn of praise.-वृत्त a.1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.-2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (-त्ता) a sort of grape.-वेल a.1 tranquil, still.-2 humble, quiet. (-लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.-व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (-तः) a religious student.(-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.-2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.-शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.-शक a. capable of being easily done.-शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].-शल्यः the Khadira tree.-शाकम् undried ginger.-शारदः N. of Śiva.-शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.-शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.-शिखः fire.(-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.-2 a cock's comb.-शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.-शीम a. cold, frigid. (-मः) coldness-शील a. good-tempered, amiable.(-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.-2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.-शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.-शोण a. dark-red.-श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.-श्रुत a.1 well heard.-2 versed in the Vedas.-3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (-तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.-श्लिष्ट a.1 well-arranged or united.-2 well-fitted; Māl.1.-श्लेषः close union or embrace.-श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.-संवीत a.1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.-2 well dressed.-संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.-संस्कृत a.1 well cooked or prepared.-2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.-संगृहीत a.1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.-2 well received.-3 well kept.-4 well abridged.-संध a. true to a promise.-संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).-सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.-सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.-समाहित a.1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.-2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.-3 Very intent, attentive.-समीहित a. much desired.- सरण N. of Śiva.-सह a.1 easy to be borne.-2 bearing or enduring well. (-हः) an epithet of Śiva.-सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.-साधित a. well trained or educated.-सार a. having good sap or essence.(-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.-2 competence.-3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.-सारवत् n. crystal.-सिकता 1 good sand.-2 gravel.-3 sugar.-सुरप्रिया jasmine.-सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).-सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.-स्थ a.1 well-suited, being in a good sense.-2 in health, healthy, faring well.-3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.-4 happy, fortunate. (-स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.-स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (-तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.-स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.-2 health, convalescence.-स्थिर a.1 stable.-2 resolute, cool.-स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.-2 well purified by bathing.-स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (-ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.-स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.-स्वर a.1 melodious, harmonious.-2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.-हित a.1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.-2 beneficial, salutary.-3 friendly, affection- ate.-4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.-हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.-2 an ally. ˚भेदः1 the separation of friends.-2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.-हृदः a friend.-हृदय a.1 good-hearted.-2 dear, affectionate, loving. -
20 madre
f mother* * *madre s.f.1 mother; (di animale) mother, dam: essere madre, to be a mother; è madre di due bambini, she is a mother of two; diventare madre, to become a mother (o to bear a child o to give birth to a child); è il ritratto di sua madre, she is the image of her mother; mia madre non è in casa, mother isn't in; salutatemi vostra madre, say hallo to your mother (o form. give my regards to your mother); è stata per me una seconda madre, come una madre, she was like a mother to me; fare da madre a qlcu., to be a mother to s.o.; (a un adulto) to mother s.o.; madre di famiglia, mother (of a family); senza madre, motherless; madre adottiva, adoptive mother; la rese madre, he gave her a child // zio per parte di madre, maternal uncle // madre terra, la gran madre, la comune madre, mother earth (o the earth) // madre natura, Mother Nature // prima madre, antica madre, Eve (o our first mother) // Santa Madre Chiesa, Holy Mother Church // onora il padre e la madre, honour thy father and thy mother2 (fig.) (origine, causa) mother, cause: la teologia era considerata la madre di tutte le scienze, theology was considered the mother of all sciences3 (eccl.) Mother: madre superiora, Mother Superior; reverenda madre, Reverend Mother; madre badessa, Abbess4 (anat.) mater: dura, pia madre, dura, pia mater5 (biochim.) madre dell'aceto, mother of vinegar6 (comm.) (matrice) counterfoil; stub: una ricevuta a madre e figlia, a counterfoil receipt; la madre di un assegno, the stub of a cheque◆ agg.1 mother (attr.): ragazza madre, unmarried mother; regina madre, Queen Mother2 (fig.) (che costituisce l'origine) mother (attr.); original, fundamental: idea madre, fundamental idea; teoria madre, original (o basic) theory // lingua madre, mother tongue // chiesa madre, mother church // (comm.) casa madre, head office (o parent company); (di ordini religiosi) mother house // (teatr.) scena madre, crucial scene; fare una scena madre per qlco., to make a song and dance about sthg. // (chim.) acqua madre, mother water (o liquor o lye) // (mecc.) vite madre, (del tornio) lead screw.* * *['madre]1. sfla madre di tutte... fig — the mother of all...
2. agg invmother attrcasa madre Rel — mother house
scena madre Teatro — principal scene
* * *['madre] 1.sostantivo femminile1) (genitrice) motherdiventare madre — to become a mother, to give birth to a child
da o per parte di madre on one's mother's side; i cuccioli e la loro madre — the puppies and their mother
2) relig.3) (matrice) stub2.2) fig. (che costituisce l'origine)cellula madre — biol. parent cell
•••fare una scena madre — to make a song and dance o a scene
* * *madre/'madre/I sostantivo f.1 (genitrice) mother; è madre di tre bambini she is the mother of three (children); diventare madre to become a mother, to give birth to a child; da o per parte di madre on one's mother's side; i cuccioli e la loro madre the puppies and their mother3 (matrice) stubII aggettivo2 fig. (che costituisce l'origine) lingua madre mother tongue; cellula madre biol. parent cell; scheda madre motherboardfare una scena madre to make a song and dance o a scene\madre dell'aceto mother (of vinegar); madre di Dio Mother of God; madre di famiglia mother; madre natura Mother Nature; madre patria → madrepatria; madre terra mother earth.
Страницы
См. также в других словарях:
The Earth is Enough — is the most well known novel by author, Harry Middleton. It was published in March 1995 by the Pruett Publishing Company.The book chronicles Middleton s young life growing up in the rural Ozark mountains. Reviews Annie DillardThis is a grand true … Wikipedia
God Save the Queen — This article is about the anthem. For other uses, see God Save the Queen (disambiguation). God Save the Queen Publication of an early version in The Gentleman s Magazine, 15 October 1745. The title, on the Contents page, is given as God save our… … Wikipedia
The Day the Earth Stood Still — For the remake, see The Day the Earth Stood Still (2008 film). For soundtracks, see The Day the Earth Stood Still (soundtrack). The Day the Earth Stood Still Colorized reprint of the 1951 poster … Wikipedia
Worms of the Earth — Infobox short story name = Worms of the Earth title orig = translator = author = Robert E. Howard country = United States language = English series = Bran Mak Morn genre = Sword and sorcery published in = Weird Tales publication type = publisher … Wikipedia
General Council of the Assemblies of God of the United States — The General Council of the Assemblies of God USA, is a Pentecostal denomination headquartered in Springfield, Missouri. It is the tenth largest and fastest growing denomination in the United States ref|nccyearbook, while internationally a part of … Wikipedia
The book with seven seals (oratorio) — The Book with Seven Seals ( Das Buch mit sieben Siegeln ) is an oratorio in german completed in 1937 and first presented in 1938 in Vienna by the Austrian composer Franz Schmidt on themes from the biblical Book of Revelation of Saint John. The… … Wikipedia
The Creation (Haydn) — The Creation (German: Die Schöpfung) is an oratorio written between 1796 and 1798 by Joseph Haydn (H. 21/2), and considered by many to be his masterpiece. The oratorio depicts and celebrates the creation of the world as described in the biblical… … Wikipedia
earth — n Earth, world, universe, cosmos, macrocosm are comparable when they mean the entire area or extent of space in which man thinks of himself and of his fellow men as living and acting. Earth applies, however, only to part of what he knows by sight … New Dictionary of Synonyms
The New Century Hymnal — is a comprehensive hymnal and worship book published in 1995 for the United Church of Christ. The hymnal contains a wide variety of traditional Christian hymns and worship songs, many contemporary hymns and songs (typically in traditional idioms … Wikipedia
To go the way of all the earth — Way Way, n. [OE. wey, way, AS. weg; akin to OS., D., OHG., & G. weg, Icel. vegr, Sw. v[ a]g, Dan. vei, Goth. wigs, L. via, and AS. wegan to move, L. vehere to carry, Skr. vah. [root]136. Cf. {Convex}, {Inveigh}, {Vehicle}, {Vex}, {Via}, {Voyage} … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
God in Islam — In Islam, God is believed to be the only real supreme being, all powerful and all knowing Creator, Sustainer, Ordainer, and Judge of the universeGerhard Böwering, God and his Attributes , Encyclopedia of the Quran] John L. Esposito, Islam: The… … Wikipedia
